1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
27 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
30 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
35 #include "libiberty.h"
37 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
39 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
41 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
43 #include "coff/symconst.h"
44 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
45 #include "coff/mips.h"
49 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
50 There are three types of entry:
52 (1) absolute addresses
54 (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
55 (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
56 (3) global and forced-local symbols
57 (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
59 Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
60 In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT
61 reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
62 the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out
63 that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
64 create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
66 However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
67 entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
68 on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
69 arbitrary in this case.
71 This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
72 mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the
73 mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
76 However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
77 to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several
78 mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
79 We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
80 there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
81 mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */
84 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
86 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
87 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
91 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
93 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
94 that should be added to the symbol value. */
96 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
97 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
99 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
102 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
103 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
104 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
105 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
106 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
107 unsigned char tls_type
;
109 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
110 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
111 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
115 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
116 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
118 struct mips_got_page_range
120 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
121 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
122 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
125 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
126 relocations against a given symbol. */
127 struct mips_got_page_entry
129 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
131 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info. */
133 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
134 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
135 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
139 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
143 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
145 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
146 /* The number of global .got entries. */
147 unsigned int global_gotno
;
148 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
149 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
150 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
151 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
152 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
153 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
154 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
155 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
156 unsigned int local_gotno
;
157 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
158 unsigned int page_gotno
;
159 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
160 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
161 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
162 struct htab
*got_entries
;
163 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
164 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
165 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
166 unless multi-got was necessary. */
167 struct htab
*bfd2got
;
168 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
169 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
170 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
171 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
172 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
173 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
174 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
175 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset
;
178 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
180 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
183 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
186 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
187 create and merge bfd's gots. */
189 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
191 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
193 /* The output bfd. */
195 /* The link information. */
196 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
197 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
198 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
200 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
201 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
203 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
204 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
206 unsigned int max_count
;
207 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
208 unsigned int max_pages
;
209 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
210 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
211 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
213 unsigned int global_count
;
216 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
218 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
220 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
222 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
223 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
226 /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
227 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
229 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
231 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
235 struct _mips_elf_section_data
237 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
244 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
245 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
247 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
248 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
249 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
250 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_TDATA)
252 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
253 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
254 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
255 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
256 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
257 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
259 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
260 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
261 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
262 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
263 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
266 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
267 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
268 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
270 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
273 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
274 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
277 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
279 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
283 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
285 to a separate trampoline section.
287 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
288 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
289 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
290 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
291 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
292 asection
*stub_section
;
294 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
297 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
298 in H->root.root.u.def. */
299 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
302 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
304 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
305 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
306 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
308 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
309 the dynamic symbols. */
311 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
313 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
315 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
316 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
317 symbol with a GOT entry. */
318 long min_got_dynindx
;
319 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
320 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
321 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
322 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
323 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
324 symbol without a GOT entry. */
325 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
328 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
329 the global hash table. */
331 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
333 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
335 /* External symbol information. */
338 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
339 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
341 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
343 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
345 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
346 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
349 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
350 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
353 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
354 being called returns a floating point value. */
355 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
359 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
361 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
362 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
363 unsigned char tls_type
;
365 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
366 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
367 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
368 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
369 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
370 overloaded already. */
371 bfd_vma tls_got_offset
;
373 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
374 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
376 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
377 is against a readonly section. */
378 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
380 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
381 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
382 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
383 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
385 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
386 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
387 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
388 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
389 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
391 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
392 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
393 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
395 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
396 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
397 la25 stub is required. */
398 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
400 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
401 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
402 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
405 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
407 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
409 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
411 /* We no longer use this. */
412 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
413 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex
[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
];
416 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
417 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
419 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
420 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
422 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
423 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
424 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
426 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
429 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
430 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
432 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
433 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
435 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
436 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
438 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
439 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
441 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
452 /* The master GOT information. */
453 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
455 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
456 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
458 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes. */
459 bfd_vma plt_entry_size
;
461 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
462 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
464 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
465 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
467 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
468 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
470 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
471 See the comment above that structure for details. */
472 asection
*strampoline
;
474 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
478 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
479 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
480 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
481 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
483 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
485 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
488 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
489 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
{
490 /* The usual link-wide information. */
491 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
494 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
498 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
499 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
500 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
501 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
502 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
503 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
504 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
505 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
506 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
507 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
508 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
509 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
510 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
511 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
513 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
518 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
519 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
520 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
524 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
526 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
529 "_procedure_string_table",
530 "_procedure_table_size",
534 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
539 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
540 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
541 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
542 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
543 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
544 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
553 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
554 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
555 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
559 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
560 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
561 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
562 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
563 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
564 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
569 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
570 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
571 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
572 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
573 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
581 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
587 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
589 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
591 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
592 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
593 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
594 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
595 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
596 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
597 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
598 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
600 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
601 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
602 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
603 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
604 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
606 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
607 has different meaning for each type:
610 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
611 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
612 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
613 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
616 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
617 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
618 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
619 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
621 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
622 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
623 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
624 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
626 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
627 loader for use by the static exception system. */
629 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
630 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
631 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
632 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
633 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
634 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
635 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
636 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
637 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
638 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
640 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
642 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
643 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
645 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
646 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
647 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
648 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
649 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
650 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
652 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
653 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
654 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
655 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
656 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
658 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
659 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
660 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
661 (struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
663 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
664 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
666 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
667 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
668 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
669 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
670 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
672 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
673 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
674 for RM9000 for now. */
675 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
676 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
678 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
679 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
681 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
683 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
684 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
685 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
687 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
688 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
689 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
691 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
692 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
693 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
695 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
696 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
698 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
699 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
700 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
702 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
703 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
704 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
706 /* The name of the options section. */
707 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
708 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
710 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
711 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
712 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
713 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
715 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
716 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
717 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
718 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
720 /* The name of the stub section. */
721 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
723 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
724 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
725 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
727 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
728 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
729 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
731 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
732 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
733 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
735 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
736 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
737 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
739 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
740 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
741 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
743 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
744 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
745 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
747 /* Get word-sized data. */
748 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
749 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
751 /* Put out word-sized data. */
752 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
754 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
755 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
757 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
758 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
759 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
761 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
762 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
763 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
765 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
766 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
768 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
769 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
770 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
771 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
772 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
773 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
774 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
775 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
776 section, that is RELA. */
777 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
778 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
779 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
780 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
781 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
782 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
783 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
785 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
786 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
787 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
789 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
790 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
791 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
792 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
794 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
795 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
797 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
798 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
800 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
801 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
802 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
804 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
806 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
808 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
809 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
811 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
812 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
813 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
815 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
816 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
817 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
818 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
819 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
820 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
821 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
823 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
824 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
826 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
827 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
829 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
832 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
833 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
834 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
835 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
838 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
839 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
840 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
841 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
842 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
843 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
844 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
845 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
847 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
848 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
850 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
852 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
853 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
856 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
857 floating point arguments.
859 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
860 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
861 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
862 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
863 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
864 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
865 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
866 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
868 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
869 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
870 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
871 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
872 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
873 stub should be discarded.
875 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
876 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
877 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
878 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
879 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
880 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
881 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
884 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
885 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
886 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
888 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
890 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
891 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
892 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
894 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
895 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
896 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
898 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
899 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
901 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
902 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
903 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
904 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
905 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 */
906 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
907 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
908 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
911 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
912 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
913 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
915 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
916 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
917 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
918 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
919 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 */
920 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
921 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
922 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
925 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
926 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
927 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
929 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
930 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
931 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
932 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
933 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 */
934 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
935 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
936 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
939 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
940 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
942 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
943 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
944 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
945 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
948 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
949 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
951 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
952 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
953 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
954 0x00000000, /* nop */
955 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
959 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
960 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
962 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
963 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
964 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
965 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
966 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
967 0x00000000, /* nop */
968 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
972 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
973 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
975 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
976 0x00000000, /* nop */
977 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
978 0x00000000, /* nop */
979 0x00000000, /* nop */
983 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
984 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
986 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
987 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
990 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
992 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
993 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
994 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
997 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
999 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1000 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1002 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1005 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
1007 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
1008 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
1010 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1011 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1013 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1014 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1017 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1019 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1020 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1022 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1026 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1028 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1029 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1031 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1034 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1036 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1037 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1038 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1040 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1041 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1043 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1046 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1048 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1050 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1051 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1052 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1056 /* Set local fields. */
1057 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1058 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1059 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1062 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1063 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1064 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1065 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1066 ret
->tls_type
= GOT_NORMAL
;
1067 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1068 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1069 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1070 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1071 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1072 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1073 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1076 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1080 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1082 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1084 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1085 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1087 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1090 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1093 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1096 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1097 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1100 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1101 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1104 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1107 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1108 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1110 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1111 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1114 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1115 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1118 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1119 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1121 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1123 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1124 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1125 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1128 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1129 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1130 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1131 goto error_return; \
1132 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1133 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1134 goto error_return; \
1137 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1138 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1139 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1140 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1141 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1142 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1144 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1145 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1146 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1147 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1148 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1156 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1158 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1160 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1161 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1162 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1163 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1164 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1165 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1166 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1167 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1168 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1169 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1170 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1172 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1173 free (debug
->ssext
);
1174 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1175 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1176 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1177 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1178 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1179 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1183 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1186 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1188 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1189 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1190 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1191 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1192 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1193 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1195 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1196 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1198 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1201 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1204 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1205 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1206 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1208 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1209 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1211 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1213 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1214 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1218 bfd_size_type count
;
1219 unsigned long sindex
;
1223 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1231 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1233 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1234 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1237 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1239 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1243 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1246 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1247 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1251 size
= sizeof (char *);
1252 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1256 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1257 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1258 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1262 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1265 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1266 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1269 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1272 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1273 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1275 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1276 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1277 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1278 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1279 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1280 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1281 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1282 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1283 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1284 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1286 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1287 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1291 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1292 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1293 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1296 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1300 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1303 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1305 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1306 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1307 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1308 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1310 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1311 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1312 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1314 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1316 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1318 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1320 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1321 matters, but someday it might). */
1322 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1351 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1352 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1355 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1356 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1357 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1360 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1361 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1364 /* Create a new symbol. */
1365 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1367 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1368 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1372 /* Make it a local function. */
1373 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1374 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1376 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1380 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1381 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1385 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1386 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1389 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1390 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1395 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1396 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1397 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1398 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1399 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1401 /* Create a new symbol. */
1402 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1404 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1405 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1409 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1410 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1411 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1412 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1413 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1414 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1418 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1419 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1422 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1426 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1427 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1428 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1429 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1430 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1433 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1434 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1435 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1437 static unsigned long
1438 mips16_stub_symndx (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1439 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1440 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1442 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1444 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any. */
1445 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
1446 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1447 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1449 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1450 the traditional behavior. */
1451 if (relocs
< relend
)
1452 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1457 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1461 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1462 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1464 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1465 objects try to call them. */
1466 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1467 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1469 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1470 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1473 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1474 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1476 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1477 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1478 being included in the link. */
1479 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1480 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1481 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1482 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1485 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1486 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1488 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1489 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1490 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1491 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1492 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1493 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1494 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1497 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1498 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1500 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1501 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1502 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1503 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1504 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1505 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1506 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1510 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1513 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1515 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1517 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1518 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1519 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1523 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1525 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1527 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1528 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1529 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1530 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1531 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1532 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1535 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1536 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1540 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1541 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1544 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1546 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1547 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1548 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1549 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1550 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1556 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1557 that it might need $25 to be valid on entry. Note that MIPS16
1558 functions never need $25 to be valid on entry; they set up $gp
1559 using PC-relative instructions instead. */
1562 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1564 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1565 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1566 && h
->root
.def_regular
1567 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1568 && !ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1569 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1570 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1573 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1574 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1575 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1578 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1579 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1581 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1583 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1586 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1588 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1589 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1592 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1594 /* Create the section. */
1595 input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1596 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1597 input_section
->output_section
);
1601 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1602 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1603 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1606 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1608 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1609 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1610 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1611 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1613 /* Allocate room for it. */
1618 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1619 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1620 the function symbol to it. */
1623 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1624 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1626 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1629 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1631 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1632 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1635 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1636 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1637 input_section
->output_section
);
1638 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1640 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1643 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1644 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1645 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1646 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1648 /* Allocate room for it. */
1653 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1654 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1657 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1658 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1660 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1661 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1662 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1667 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1668 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1669 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1670 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1671 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1673 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1674 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1678 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1679 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1680 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1684 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1687 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1688 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1692 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1693 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1699 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1700 return (use_trampoline_p
1701 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1702 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1705 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1706 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1709 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1711 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1713 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1714 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1715 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1717 if (!hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1718 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1720 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1722 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1723 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1724 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1725 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1727 if (hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1729 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
1730 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
1732 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
1741 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1742 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1745 The format of these instructions is:
1747 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1748 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1749 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1751 +-----------------------------------------------+
1753 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1754 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1756 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1757 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1758 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1759 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1760 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1761 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1762 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1763 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1764 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1765 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1768 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1769 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1770 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1771 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1772 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1773 value as two 16-bit values.
1775 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1779 +--------+----------------------+
1783 +--------+----------------------+
1786 +----------+------+-------------+
1790 +----------+--------------------+
1791 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1792 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1794 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1795 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1796 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1797 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1798 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1800 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
1801 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
1802 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
1805 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
1806 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
1807 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
1808 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
1809 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
1811 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1813 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1814 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1815 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1816 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1817 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1819 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1822 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
1823 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1824 little-endian system. */
1826 static inline bfd_boolean
1827 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1832 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
1833 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
1834 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
1844 static inline bfd_boolean
1845 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1847 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
;
1850 static inline bfd_boolean
1851 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1853 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
1856 static inline bfd_boolean
1857 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1859 return r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
;
1862 static inline bfd_boolean
1863 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1865 return r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
;
1868 static inline bfd_boolean
1869 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1871 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
1875 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1876 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1878 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1880 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
1883 /* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction. */
1884 extend
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
1885 insn
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
1886 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1889 val
= ((extend
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((extend
& 0x3e0) << 11)
1890 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 21) | insn
;
1892 val
= extend
<< 16 | insn
;
1895 val
= ((extend
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((insn
& 0xffe0) << 11)
1896 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 11) | (extend
& 0x7e0) | (insn
& 0x1f);
1897 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
1901 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1902 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1904 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1906 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
1909 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
1910 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1914 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1915 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
1916 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
1920 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1926 insn
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
1927 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
1929 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, insn
, data
+ 2);
1930 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, extend
, data
);
1933 bfd_reloc_status_type
1934 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1935 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
1936 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
1940 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1942 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1945 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1947 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1948 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1950 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1951 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1953 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1954 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1956 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
1958 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1959 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1960 an external symbol. */
1962 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1963 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
1965 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1967 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1969 + reloc_entry
->address
);
1970 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1974 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
1977 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1979 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1982 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1983 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1984 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1989 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
1991 asection
*input_section
;
1995 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1997 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
1999 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2000 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2001 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2003 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2004 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2005 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2006 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2008 bfd_reloc_status_type
2009 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2010 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2011 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2012 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2014 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2016 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2017 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2019 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2021 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2023 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2025 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2026 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2029 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2030 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2032 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2035 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2036 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2037 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2039 bfd_reloc_status_type
2040 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2041 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2042 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2044 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2045 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2046 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2047 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2048 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2049 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2052 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2053 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2056 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2057 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2058 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2060 bfd_reloc_status_type
2061 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2062 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2063 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2066 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2068 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2069 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2071 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2073 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2074 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2077 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2079 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2080 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2082 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2084 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2085 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2086 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2087 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2088 has a rightshift of 0. */
2089 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2090 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2091 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2092 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2094 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2095 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2096 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2098 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2099 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2101 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2104 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2108 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2109 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2113 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2114 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2115 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2117 bfd_reloc_status_type
2118 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2119 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2120 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2121 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2124 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2125 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2127 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2129 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2130 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2132 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2134 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2136 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2137 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2138 offset or address. */
2139 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2140 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2145 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2146 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2147 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2148 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2150 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2151 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2152 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2156 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2157 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2158 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2159 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2160 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2161 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2164 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2166 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2167 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2169 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2170 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2172 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2174 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2177 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2182 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2184 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2187 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2188 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2191 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2194 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2195 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2199 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2200 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2202 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2203 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2207 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2208 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2210 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2211 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2212 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2213 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2214 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2215 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2219 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2220 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2224 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2225 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2226 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2227 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2228 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2229 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2230 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2233 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2234 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2235 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2238 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2241 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2242 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2243 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2244 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2245 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2246 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2250 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2251 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2253 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2254 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2255 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2256 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2257 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2258 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2261 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2262 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2263 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2264 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2265 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2268 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2269 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2271 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2272 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2273 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2274 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2275 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2276 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2277 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2281 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2282 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2284 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2285 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2286 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2287 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2288 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2289 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2290 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2293 /* Swap in an options header. */
2296 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2297 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2299 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2300 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2301 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2302 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2305 /* Swap out an options header. */
2308 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2309 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2311 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2312 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2313 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2314 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2317 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2318 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2321 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2323 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2324 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2327 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2328 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2330 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2334 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2336 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2341 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2344 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2345 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2348 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2349 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2351 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2352 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2353 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2354 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2356 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2358 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2361 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2363 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2372 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2373 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2374 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2375 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2376 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2377 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2378 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2379 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2380 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2381 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2382 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2383 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2384 when generating a final executable. */
2387 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2389 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2391 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2393 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2394 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2396 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2398 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2399 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2400 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2401 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2402 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2404 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2405 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2406 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2407 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2408 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2416 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2419 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2420 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2421 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2422 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2423 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2424 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2426 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2427 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2431 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2433 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2434 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2435 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2437 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2438 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2439 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2441 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2443 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2444 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2445 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2446 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2448 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
2450 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2451 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2452 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
2455 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2457 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2458 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2459 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2464 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2465 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2467 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2468 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2469 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2470 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2473 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2475 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2476 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2477 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2478 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2479 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2480 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2481 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2482 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2483 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2484 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2485 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2486 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2487 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2488 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2489 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2490 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2491 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2493 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2497 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2498 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2501 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2502 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2503 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2504 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2506 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2507 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2508 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2509 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2511 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2512 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2513 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2514 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2515 + sec
->output_offset
2516 + output_section
->vma
);
2518 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2522 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2524 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2525 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2527 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2529 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2530 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2531 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2533 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2536 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2537 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2538 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
2539 + sec
->output_offset
2540 + output_section
->vma
);
2542 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2547 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
2548 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2551 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2558 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2561 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
2563 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
2564 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
2566 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
2569 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2571 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
2574 static INLINE hashval_t
2575 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
2578 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
2584 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
2585 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
2589 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2591 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
2593 return entry
->symndx
2594 + ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 17)
2595 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
2597 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
2598 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
2602 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2604 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
2605 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
2607 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
2608 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2611 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
2612 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
2613 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
2614 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
2617 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
2618 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
2619 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
2623 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2625 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
2627 return entry
->symndx
2629 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
2630 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
2631 ? ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2632 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM
<< 17)
2634 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)))
2635 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
2639 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2641 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
2642 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
2644 /* Any two LDM entries match. */
2645 if (e1
->tls_type
& e2
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2648 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
2649 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2652 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
2653 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
2654 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
2655 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
2656 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
2660 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2662 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
2664 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
2665 return entry
->abfd
->id
+ entry
->symndx
;
2669 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
2671 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
2673 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
2674 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
2675 return entry1
->abfd
== entry2
->abfd
&& entry1
->symndx
== entry2
->symndx
;
2678 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
2679 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
2680 if creation fails. */
2683 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
2689 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
2690 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2691 sreloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, dname
);
2692 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
2694 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
2699 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2702 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
2703 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
2709 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2710 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2714 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
2715 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2719 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2720 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2722 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
2723 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
2726 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2728 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2729 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2735 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2742 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2745 if ((tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) && info
->shared
)
2751 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
2752 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
2755 mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1
, void *arg2
)
2757 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= * (struct mips_got_entry
**) arg1
;
2758 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2760 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
!= -1)
2761 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
, NULL
);
2766 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
2767 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2770 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2772 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2773 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2774 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2776 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2778 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2784 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
2785 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2788 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2790 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2791 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2792 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2794 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, hm
->tls_type
, &hm
->root
);
2799 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
2802 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2804 unsigned long reloc_index
,
2809 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
2811 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
2813 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
2814 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
2816 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
2818 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
2819 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2821 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
2824 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
2825 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2827 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
2830 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
2833 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_offset
,
2834 unsigned char *tls_type_p
,
2835 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2836 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2839 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2841 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
2842 bfd_vma offset
, offset2
;
2843 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2845 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
2851 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2853 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
2854 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
2855 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
2858 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_DONE
)
2861 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2863 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2864 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2867 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
2868 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
2869 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
2870 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
2871 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
2873 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
2874 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
2876 /* General Dynamic. */
2877 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2879 offset
= got_offset
;
2880 offset2
= offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2884 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2885 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
2886 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2887 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2890 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2891 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
2892 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
2893 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset2
);
2895 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2896 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2900 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2901 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2902 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2903 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2906 got_offset
+= 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2909 /* Initial Exec model. */
2910 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2912 offset
= got_offset
;
2917 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
2918 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2920 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2921 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2923 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2924 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
2925 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
2926 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2929 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
2930 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2933 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2935 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
2936 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
2937 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2938 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
2939 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
2942 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2943 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
2945 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2946 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
2947 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2948 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
2951 *tls_type_p
|= GOT_TLS_DONE
;
2954 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
2955 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
2956 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
2957 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
2960 mips_tls_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_index
, unsigned char *tls_type
,
2961 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2962 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, bfd_vma symbol
)
2964 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2965 || r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2967 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, got_index
, tls_type
, info
, h
, symbol
);
2969 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
)
2971 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
);
2972 if (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2973 return got_index
+ 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2978 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
)
2980 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
);
2984 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
2986 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
);
2993 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
2994 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
2995 will be negative. */
2998 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2999 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3001 bfd_vma plt_index
, got_address
, got_value
;
3002 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3004 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3005 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1);
3007 /* This function only works for VxWorks, because a non-VxWorks .got.plt
3008 section starts with reserved entries. */
3009 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
3011 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
3012 plt_index
= (h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
) / htab
->plt_entry_size
;
3014 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3015 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3016 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
3019 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3020 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3021 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3022 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3024 return got_address
- got_value
;
3027 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3028 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3029 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3030 offset can be found. */
3033 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3034 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3035 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3037 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3038 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3040 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3041 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3042 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3046 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
3048 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && htab
->got_info
->next
== NULL
)
3049 /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
3050 hash table entry to track the index. */
3051 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, h
->tls_got_offset
, &h
->tls_type
,
3052 r_type
, info
, h
, value
);
3054 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, entry
->gotidx
, &entry
->tls_type
,
3055 r_type
, info
, h
, value
);
3058 return entry
->gotidx
;
3061 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
3064 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3065 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3067 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3069 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
3070 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3072 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3073 gg
= g
= htab
->got_info
;
3074 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
3076 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
3078 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
3080 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
3081 if (g
->next
!= gg
|| TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
3085 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
3088 p
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
3090 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
3092 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
3094 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3095 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3096 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3097 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3098 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3099 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3100 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3102 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, p
->gotidx
, &p
->tls_type
, r_type
,
3103 info
, e
.d
.h
, value
);
3110 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3111 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3113 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
3115 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
3116 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3117 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3119 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3120 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3121 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3122 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3123 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3124 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3126 got_index
= mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, hm
->tls_got_offset
, &hm
->tls_type
,
3127 r_type
, info
, hm
, value
);
3131 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3132 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3133 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
3135 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3136 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3137 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3139 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3144 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3145 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3146 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3147 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3148 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3151 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3152 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3154 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3155 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3157 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3158 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3159 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3164 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3167 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3172 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3173 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was against a global symbol
3174 that has been forced local. */
3177 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3178 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3180 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3182 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3183 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3184 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3185 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3187 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3189 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3190 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3191 same in all cases. */
3192 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3193 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3195 return entry
->gotidx
;
3200 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3204 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3205 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3207 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3211 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3213 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3214 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3216 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3219 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3220 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3221 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3224 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3225 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3226 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3227 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3228 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3231 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
3232 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3233 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3235 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3239 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
3242 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab
->got_info
, ibfd
);
3245 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab
->got_info
, abfd
);
3246 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3249 /* We might have a symbol, H, if it has been forced local. Use the
3250 global entry then. It doesn't matter whether an entry is local
3251 or global for TLS, since the dynamic linker does not
3252 automatically relocate TLS GOT entries. */
3253 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->root
.forced_local
);
3254 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
3256 struct mips_got_entry
*p
;
3259 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
3261 entry
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_LDM
;
3267 entry
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3273 p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)
3274 htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &entry
);
3280 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
3285 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
3288 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
3293 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
3295 if (g
->assigned_gotno
> g
->local_gotno
)
3297 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
3298 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3299 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3300 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3301 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3305 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
3306 (htab
->sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
3308 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3309 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3311 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3314 bfd_vma got_address
;
3316 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3317 got_address
= (htab
->sgot
->output_section
->vma
3318 + htab
->sgot
->output_offset
3321 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3322 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3323 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3324 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3325 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3331 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3332 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3333 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3334 the current linking stage. */
3336 static bfd_size_type
3337 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3339 bfd_size_type count
;
3342 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3345 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3347 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3348 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3349 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3350 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3351 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3357 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3358 appear towards the end. */
3361 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3363 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3364 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3365 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3367 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
== 0)
3370 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3376 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3377 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3378 = (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3379 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3380 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
3381 elf_hash_table (info
)),
3382 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
3385 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3386 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3387 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3388 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3389 == elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
3390 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3391 == g
->global_gotno
);
3393 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3394 table index in the GOT. */
3395 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3400 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3401 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3405 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3407 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3409 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3410 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3412 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3414 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3417 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3420 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3424 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
3426 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3427 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3430 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3431 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
3433 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3434 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3435 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3442 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
3443 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
3447 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3448 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3449 unsigned char tls_flag
)
3451 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3452 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3453 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
3454 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3456 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3457 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3459 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3461 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3463 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3467 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3470 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3474 /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
3476 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3480 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3483 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
3486 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
3487 need to do it again. */
3490 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
3494 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
3500 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
3502 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
3505 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
3510 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
3511 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
3514 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
3515 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3516 unsigned char tls_flag
)
3518 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3519 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3520 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
3522 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3524 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3527 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
3528 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
3529 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
3530 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
3531 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
3535 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
))
3538 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
3540 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
))
3543 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
3551 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
3552 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
)
3554 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
)
3556 else if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
3558 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_TWO
;
3564 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
3568 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
3573 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
3578 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
3581 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
3583 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
3586 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
3587 that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
3589 This function creates an upper bound on the number of GOT slots
3590 required; no attempt is made to combine references to non-overridable
3591 global symbols across multiple input files. */
3594 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3595 long symndx
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
3597 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3598 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3599 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3600 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
3601 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
3604 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3606 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3608 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this symbol. */
3610 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
3611 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3615 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
3617 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
3620 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3625 entry
->symndx
= symndx
;
3626 entry
->ranges
= NULL
;
3627 entry
->num_pages
= 0;
3631 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
3633 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
3634 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
3635 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
3637 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
3638 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
3639 a new singleton range. */
3641 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
3643 range
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*range
));
3647 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
3648 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
3649 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
3657 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
3658 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
3660 /* Update the ranges. */
3661 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
3662 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
3663 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
3665 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
3667 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
3668 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
3669 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
3672 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
3675 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
3676 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
3677 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
3679 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
3680 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
3686 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
3689 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3693 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3695 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3696 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3697 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3699 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3700 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
3705 /* Make room for a null element. */
3706 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3709 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3713 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Set boolean *DATA to true
3714 if the GOT entry is for an indirect or warning symbol. */
3717 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
3719 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3720 bfd_boolean
*must_recreate
;
3722 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
3723 must_recreate
= (bfd_boolean
*) data
;
3724 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3726 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3729 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3730 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3732 *must_recreate
= TRUE
;
3739 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add all entries to
3740 hash table *DATA, converting entries for indirect and warning
3741 symbols into entries for the target symbol. Set *DATA to null
3745 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
3748 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3751 new_got
= (htab_t
*) data
;
3752 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
3753 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3755 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3758 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3759 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3761 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3762 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3766 slot
= htab_find_slot (*new_got
, entry
, INSERT
);
3779 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
3780 replace them with entries for the target symbol. */
3783 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3785 bfd_boolean must_recreate
;
3788 must_recreate
= FALSE
;
3789 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &must_recreate
);
3792 new_got
= htab_create (htab_size (g
->got_entries
),
3793 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3794 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3795 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &new_got
);
3796 if (new_got
== NULL
)
3799 /* Each entry in g->got_entries has either been copied to new_got
3800 or freed. Now delete the hash table itself. */
3801 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
3802 g
->got_entries
= new_got
;
3807 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points
3808 to a mips_got_info. Count the number of type (3) entries. */
3811 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3813 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3815 g
= (struct mips_got_info
*) data
;
3816 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
3818 if (h
->root
.forced_local
|| h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3820 /* We no longer need this entry if it was only used for
3821 relocations; those relocations will be against the
3822 null or section symbol instead of H. */
3823 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
3825 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
3830 if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
3831 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
3837 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
3840 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3842 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
3843 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
3845 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
3848 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
3851 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
3853 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
3854 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
3855 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
3856 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
3858 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
3861 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
3862 be the master GOT data. */
3864 static struct mips_got_info
*
3865 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
3867 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
3873 p
= htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
3874 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
3877 /* Use BFD2GOT to find ABFD's got entry, creating one if none exists.
3878 Return NULL if an error occured. */
3880 static struct mips_got_info
*
3881 mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (struct htab
*bfd2got
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3884 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
3885 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3888 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= input_bfd
;
3889 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
3890 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*) *bfdgotp
;
3894 bfdgot
= ((struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)
3895 bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
)));
3901 g
= ((struct mips_got_info
*)
3902 bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
)));
3906 bfdgot
->bfd
= input_bfd
;
3909 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3910 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
3911 g
->reloc_only_gotno
= 0;
3914 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
3916 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
3917 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3918 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
3919 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3920 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3923 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
3924 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3925 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
3935 /* A htab_traverse callback for the entries in the master got.
3936 Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
3937 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
3941 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3943 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3944 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
3945 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3947 g
= mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg
->bfd2got
, arg
->obfd
, entry
->abfd
);
3954 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
3955 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
3956 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
3961 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3963 if (entry
->tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
3965 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
3968 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.forced_local
)
3976 /* A htab_traverse callback for the page entries in the master got.
3977 Associate each page entry with the bfd's got. */
3980 mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3982 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
3983 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*) p
;
3984 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3986 g
= mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg
->bfd2got
, arg
->obfd
, entry
->abfd
);
3993 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
3994 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
3995 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
3999 g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4003 /* Consider merging the got described by BFD2GOT with TO, using the
4004 information given by ARG. Return -1 if this would lead to overflow,
4005 1 if they were merged successfully, and 0 if a merge failed due to
4006 lack of memory. (These values are chosen so that nonnegative return
4007 values can be returned by a htab_traverse callback.) */
4010 mips_elf_merge_got_with (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
,
4011 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4012 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4014 struct mips_got_info
*from
= bfd2got
->g
;
4015 unsigned int estimate
;
4017 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4018 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4019 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4020 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4022 /* And conservatively estimate how many local, global and TLS entries
4024 estimate
+= (from
->local_gotno
4025 + from
->global_gotno
4031 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4032 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4035 /* Commit to the merge. Record that TO is now the bfd for this got. */
4038 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4039 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, arg
);
4040 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
4043 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd
, arg
);
4044 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
4047 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
4048 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
4050 htab_delete (from
->got_entries
);
4051 htab_delete (from
->got_page_entries
);
4055 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
4056 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4057 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4058 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4059 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4060 and then make make the new got current. */
4063 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_
, void *p
)
4065 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
4066 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
4067 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
4068 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4069 unsigned int estimate
;
4074 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4075 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4076 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4077 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4078 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4080 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4081 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4082 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4083 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4084 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4086 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4088 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4089 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4092 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
4096 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4097 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4102 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4105 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4110 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4111 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4112 overflows anyway. */
4113 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4119 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field
4120 is null iff there is just a single GOT. */
4123 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *p
)
4125 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
4126 struct mips_got_info
*g
= p
;
4128 unsigned char tls_type
;
4130 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4131 if (entry
->tls_type
== 0)
4134 next_index
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry
->abfd
) * (long) g
->tls_assigned_gotno
;
4136 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && g
->next
== NULL
)
4138 /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
4139 hash table entry to track its index. */
4140 if (entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
)
4142 entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
|= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
;
4143 entry
->d
.h
->tls_got_offset
= next_index
;
4144 tls_type
= entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
;
4148 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
4150 /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
4151 that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in
4152 a GOT resolve to the same index. */
4153 if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_TWO
&& g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4155 entry
->gotidx
= g
->tls_ldm_offset
;
4158 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= next_index
;
4160 entry
->gotidx
= next_index
;
4161 tls_type
= entry
->tls_type
;
4164 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4165 if (tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
4166 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 2;
4167 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
4168 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 1;
4173 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
4174 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
4175 got) to the given VALUE.
4177 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
4178 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
4179 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
4180 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
4181 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
4182 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
4183 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
4184 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
4187 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp
, void *p
)
4189 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
4190 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
4191 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
4192 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4194 if (g
&& entry
->tls_type
!= GOT_NORMAL
)
4195 arg
->needed_relocs
+=
4196 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
,
4197 entry
->symndx
== -1 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
4199 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4200 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4201 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4205 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
4207 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
4208 if (arg
->info
->shared
4209 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4210 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4211 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4212 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
4215 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4221 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4222 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4223 lazy-binding stubs. */
4226 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4228 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4229 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4230 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4232 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4233 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4234 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4235 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4236 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4237 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4239 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4240 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4246 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4249 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4251 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
4254 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
4258 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4262 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4263 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4266 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4267 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4270 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4271 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4273 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4274 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4275 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
4276 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4277 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4280 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4281 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4283 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
4284 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4285 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
4288 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
4289 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4290 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4292 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
4293 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
4294 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
4295 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
4298 /* Also count how many page entries each input bfd requires. */
4299 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd
,
4301 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
4304 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4305 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4306 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4307 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4308 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4309 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4310 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4311 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
4313 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4315 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4316 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4317 to be the primary GOT. */
4318 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
4319 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
4322 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4323 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4325 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
4326 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
4327 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
4330 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
4331 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
4332 g
->next
->reloc_only_gotno
= 0;
4333 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
4334 g
->next
->page_gotno
= 0;
4335 g
->next
->tls_gotno
= 0;
4336 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
4337 g
->next
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
4338 g
->next
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
4339 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
4340 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
4342 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
4344 g
->next
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4345 mips_got_page_entry_eq
,
4347 if (g
->next
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4349 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
4352 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4353 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4355 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4359 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4360 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4361 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4362 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4365 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
4368 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
4369 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
4376 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
4378 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
4382 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4383 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4384 those that are actually referenced. */
4385 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4386 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4388 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
4389 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4390 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
4391 &set_got_offset_arg
);
4392 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4393 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
4394 &set_got_offset_arg
);
4396 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4397 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4398 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4399 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4400 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4401 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4402 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4403 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4404 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4405 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4406 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4407 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4408 points back to the master GOT. */
4409 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4410 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4417 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4419 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4420 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
4421 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4422 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4423 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4425 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4426 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4427 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4432 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4433 all non-TLS entries. */
4434 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4435 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
4437 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4440 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4441 lazy-binding stubs. */
4443 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4447 got
->size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
4448 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
4449 + gg
->next
->tls_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4452 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4453 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
4454 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4456 unsigned int save_assign
;
4458 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
4459 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
4460 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4461 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
4462 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
4463 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
4464 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
4465 &set_got_offset_arg
);
4466 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
4467 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
<= g
->global_gotno
);
4469 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
4472 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
4473 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4474 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4475 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4476 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4481 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4488 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4489 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4491 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4492 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4493 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4494 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4496 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4498 while (relocation
< relend
)
4500 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
4501 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
4507 /* We didn't find it. */
4511 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
4514 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
4515 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4516 asection
**local_sections
,
4517 bfd_boolean check_forced
)
4519 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4520 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4521 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4524 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4525 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4526 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4528 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
4530 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
4535 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
4536 was forced local. */
4537 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
4538 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
4539 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
4540 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4541 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4542 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4543 if (h
->root
.forced_local
)
4550 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
4553 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
4555 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
4556 /* VALUE is negative. */
4557 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
4562 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
4563 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
4567 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
4569 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
4571 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
4572 /* The value is too big. */
4574 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
4575 /* The value is too small. */
4582 /* Calculate the %high function. */
4585 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
4587 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
4590 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
4593 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4596 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
4603 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
4606 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4609 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
4616 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
4619 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
4620 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4623 register asection
*s
;
4625 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
4627 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4630 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
4632 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4633 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4636 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
4642 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
4645 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4648 register asection
*s
;
4649 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4650 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4651 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4653 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4655 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4657 /* This function may be called more than once. */
4661 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
4662 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4664 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
4665 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
4666 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
4668 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
4672 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
4673 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
4674 are not creating a global offset table. */
4676 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4677 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
4678 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4681 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4684 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
4685 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
4688 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4691 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
4692 g
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4695 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
4696 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
4697 g
->reloc_only_gotno
= 0;
4701 g
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
4704 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
4705 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4706 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4707 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
4709 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4710 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4711 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4714 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
4715 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4717 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
4718 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
4719 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4720 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4728 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
4729 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
4730 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
4733 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4735 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
4737 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
4738 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
4741 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
4742 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
4743 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
4747 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
)
4749 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
4750 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
4751 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
4752 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
4753 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
4754 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
4769 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
4770 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
4771 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
4773 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
4774 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
4775 relocation must be JALX.
4777 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
4778 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
4779 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
4780 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
4782 static bfd_reloc_status_type
4783 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
4784 asection
*input_section
,
4785 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4786 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4787 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4788 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
4789 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
4790 const char **namep
, bfd_boolean
*require_jalxp
,
4791 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
4793 /* The eventual value we will return. */
4795 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
4798 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
4799 shared object file being produced. */
4801 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
4804 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
4806 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
4807 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
4808 during execution. */
4809 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
4810 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
4812 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
4813 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
4814 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
4816 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
4817 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
4818 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
4819 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
4820 "__gnu_local_gp". */
4821 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
4822 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4824 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4826 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
4827 relocation value. */
4828 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
4829 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
4830 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
4831 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4834 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4835 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4837 /* Parse the relocation. */
4838 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4839 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4840 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4841 + input_section
->output_offset
4842 + relocation
->r_offset
);
4844 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
4845 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
4847 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
4848 used in the array of hash table entries. */
4849 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4850 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
4851 local_sections
, FALSE
);
4852 was_local_p
= local_p
;
4853 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
4854 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4857 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
4858 must come before globals. */
4862 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
4865 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4867 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
4868 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
4870 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
4871 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
4872 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
4873 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
4874 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4875 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4877 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
4879 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
4882 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
4883 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
4886 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
4887 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
4888 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
4891 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
4893 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
4897 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
4899 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
4900 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
4901 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
4902 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
4903 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4904 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4905 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4907 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
4908 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
4910 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
4911 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
4912 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
4913 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
4915 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
4916 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
4917 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
4918 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
4922 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
4923 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
4924 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
4925 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
4928 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
4929 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
4930 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
4932 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4933 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4934 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
4936 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4937 if (sec
->output_section
)
4938 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
4939 + sec
->output_section
->vma
4940 + sec
->output_offset
);
4942 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
4944 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4945 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
4946 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
4947 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
4950 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
4951 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
4953 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
4954 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
4956 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
4957 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
4958 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
4959 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
4960 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
4962 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
4963 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
4966 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
4968 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
4969 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
4970 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
4971 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
4972 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
4973 which is available from here:
4974 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
4977 else if ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
4978 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
4979 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
4980 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
4981 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
)))
4983 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
4987 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
4990 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
4993 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
4994 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
4996 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
4998 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
4999 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5001 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5002 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5003 && !info
->relocatable
5005 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5006 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5008 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5009 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5010 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5012 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5013 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5016 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5019 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5023 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5024 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5025 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5027 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
5028 need to redirect the call to the stub. Note that we specifically
5029 exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior; indirect calls should
5030 use an indirect stub instead. */
5031 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
5032 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5034 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5035 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5036 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5039 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5042 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5043 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5045 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5050 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5052 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5054 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5061 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5064 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5067 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5068 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5070 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5072 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5073 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
))
5074 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5075 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5076 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5078 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5079 special jalx instruction. */
5080 *require_jalxp
= (!info
->relocatable
5081 && (((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5082 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
)));
5084 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5085 local_sections
, TRUE
);
5087 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5088 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5090 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5095 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, oand we're going
5096 to need it, get it now. */
5099 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5100 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5101 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
5103 local_p
= local_p
|| _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h
->root
, info
, 1);
5104 if (local_p
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
)
5108 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5109 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5112 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5113 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5114 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5115 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5116 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5118 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5119 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5120 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5121 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
5123 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5124 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5126 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5130 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5131 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5132 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5133 && (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
5134 || r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
5135 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5137 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5138 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5139 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5143 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
5144 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
5145 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
5147 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
5148 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, input_bfd
,
5149 &h
->root
, r_type
, info
);
5150 if (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
5151 && (! elf_hash_table(info
)->dynamic_sections_created
5153 && (info
->symbolic
|| h
->root
.forced_local
)
5154 && h
->root
.def_regular
)))
5155 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
5156 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
5157 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
5158 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5161 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5162 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5163 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5167 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5168 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5170 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5173 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5174 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5178 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5179 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5180 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5182 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5186 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5187 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5189 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5190 + input_section
->output_offset
5191 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5192 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5193 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5194 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5196 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5197 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5199 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5200 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5203 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5206 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5210 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5213 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5214 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5221 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5223 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5224 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5225 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5228 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5229 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5230 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5232 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5233 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5234 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5235 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5236 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5237 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5239 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5247 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5251 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5252 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5256 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5260 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5261 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5265 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5266 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5267 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5268 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5269 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5272 value
= ((addend
| ((p
+ 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol
) >> 2;
5275 value
= (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28) + symbol
) >> 2;
5276 if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5277 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> 28);
5279 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5282 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5283 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5287 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5288 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5289 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5290 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5293 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5294 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5298 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5299 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5306 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5307 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5311 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5312 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5313 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5317 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5318 $pc is four higher than $t9 would be, so reduce
5319 both reloc addends by 4. */
5320 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5321 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 4);
5323 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5324 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5331 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5334 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5335 for this conditional. */
5336 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5337 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
;
5339 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5340 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5341 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5342 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5343 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5346 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5347 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5350 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5351 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5352 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5353 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5354 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5355 not check for overflow here. */
5359 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5360 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5361 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5362 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5367 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5368 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5369 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5370 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5371 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5372 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5373 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5374 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5375 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5376 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5377 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5378 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
5379 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5380 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5381 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5382 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5386 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5389 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5390 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5393 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5394 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5395 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
5399 forced
= ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5400 local_sections
, FALSE
);
5401 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5402 symbol
+ addend
, forced
);
5403 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
5404 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5406 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
5407 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5414 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5415 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5416 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5419 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5422 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5423 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
5425 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5429 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
5430 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
5431 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
5432 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5433 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5436 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5437 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5438 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
5439 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
5440 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
5442 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
5443 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5446 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5447 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5448 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
5451 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5452 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
5453 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
5457 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
5458 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
5459 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5460 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
5461 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5464 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5466 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
5469 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5473 value
= symbol
- addend
;
5474 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5478 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
5479 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5482 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
5483 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
5484 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5487 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
5488 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
5489 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5493 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
5494 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
5495 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
5496 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
5497 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5498 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5502 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5503 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5504 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
5505 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5508 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
5509 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5512 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
5514 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
5517 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5520 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5521 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5522 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
5525 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5527 /* Obtain the bytes. */
5528 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
5533 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
5534 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
5535 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
5536 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
5537 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
5538 unconditionally converted to JALX.
5540 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
5543 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5544 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5545 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5546 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5547 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
5548 bfd_boolean require_jalx
)
5552 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5554 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
5555 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5557 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
5559 /* Obtain the current value. */
5560 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
5562 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
5563 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
5565 /* Set the field. */
5566 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
5568 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
5572 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
5573 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
5575 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
5576 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
5578 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
5583 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
5587 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
5590 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5591 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
5594 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
5595 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5599 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
5600 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
5603 /* Try converting JAL and JALR to BAL, if the target is in range. */
5604 if (!info
->relocatable
5606 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
5607 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
5608 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
5609 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
5610 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
5611 && x
== 0x0320f809))) /* jalr t9 */
5617 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5618 + input_section
->output_offset
5619 + relocation
->r_offset
5621 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
5622 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
5626 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
5627 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
5630 /* Put the value into the output. */
5631 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
5633 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
5639 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
5640 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
5641 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
5642 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
5645 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5646 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5647 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
5648 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5649 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
5650 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
5652 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
5657 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
5658 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5660 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5661 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5662 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5663 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5664 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
5665 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
5666 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
5669 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
5670 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
5671 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
5673 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
5674 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
5675 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
5676 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
5679 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
5680 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
5683 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
5685 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
5686 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
5687 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
5692 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
5693 in the relocation. */
5695 && (!h
->root
.def_regular
5696 || (info
->shared
&& !info
->symbolic
&& !h
->root
.forced_local
)))
5698 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
5699 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
5700 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
5702 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
5703 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
5704 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
5705 undefined symbols. */
5710 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
5712 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
5714 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5719 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
5722 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
5723 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
5729 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
5730 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
5731 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
5732 local symbols because we used to generate them
5733 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
5734 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
5735 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
5736 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
5737 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
5738 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
5740 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
5741 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
5742 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
5743 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
5744 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
5749 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
5750 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
5751 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
5752 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
5753 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5756 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5757 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
5758 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
5760 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
5761 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
5762 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
5765 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
5766 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
5767 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
5768 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
5769 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
5770 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
5771 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
5772 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
5773 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
5774 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
5775 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
5776 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
5777 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
5778 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
5781 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
5783 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
5784 correct location in the output file. */
5785 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5786 + input_section
->output_offset
);
5787 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5788 + input_section
->output_offset
);
5789 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5790 + input_section
->output_offset
);
5792 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
5793 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
5794 relocation format is non-standard. */
5795 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
5797 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
5798 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
5800 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
5802 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5804 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
5805 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
5806 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
5807 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
5809 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
5812 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
5813 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
5814 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
5816 /* We've now added another relocation. */
5817 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
5819 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
5820 will be writing to it. */
5821 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
5824 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
5825 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
5827 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
5832 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
5834 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
5835 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
5836 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
5837 + input_section
->output_offset
);
5838 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
5839 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
5841 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
5842 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
5843 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
5845 cr
= (scpt
->contents
5846 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
5847 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
5848 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
5849 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
5850 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
5851 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
5855 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5856 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5858 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5859 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5864 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
5867 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
5869 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
5871 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
5872 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
5874 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
5875 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
5877 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
5878 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
5880 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
5881 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
5883 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
5884 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
5886 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
5887 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
5889 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
5890 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
5892 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
5893 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
5895 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
5896 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
5898 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
5899 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
5901 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
5902 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
5904 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
5905 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
5907 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
5908 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
5910 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
5911 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
5914 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
5918 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
5921 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
5924 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
5927 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
5930 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
5932 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
5933 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
5935 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
5936 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
5938 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
5939 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
5941 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
5942 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
5949 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
5951 static INLINE
char *
5952 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
5956 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
5957 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
5960 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
5962 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
5966 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
5968 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
5970 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
5972 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
5975 return "unknown abi";
5979 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
5980 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
5981 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
5982 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
5983 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
5984 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
5985 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
5986 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
5988 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
5989 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
5990 definition in a shared library. */
5991 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
5992 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
5993 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
5995 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5998 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6000 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6002 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6003 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6004 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6006 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6007 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6008 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6009 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6010 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6011 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6012 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6014 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6015 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6016 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6017 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6018 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6019 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6020 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6021 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6022 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6023 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6025 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6029 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6030 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6031 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6032 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6033 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6036 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6037 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6039 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6040 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6041 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6042 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6043 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6044 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6045 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6046 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6047 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6048 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6050 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6051 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6054 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6055 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6060 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6062 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
6063 if (section
!= NULL
)
6065 asym
->section
= section
;
6066 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6067 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6068 base address to make it an offset. */
6069 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6076 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6078 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
6079 if (section
!= NULL
)
6081 asym
->section
= section
;
6082 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6083 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6084 base address to make it an offset. */
6085 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6091 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16 one. */
6092 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
6093 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
6096 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6097 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6101 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6102 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6104 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6105 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6106 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6107 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6108 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6110 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6111 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6112 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6113 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6115 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6116 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6117 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6118 We therefore take the following approach:
6120 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6121 determine the pointer size.
6123 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6124 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6128 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6129 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6130 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6131 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6132 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6134 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6135 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6139 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
6141 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
6143 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
6145 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
6147 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6148 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6149 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
6156 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
6157 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
6158 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
6167 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6168 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6169 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6171 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6172 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6175 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6176 will jump there rather than to .text.
6178 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6179 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6182 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
6184 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
6187 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6188 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6189 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6193 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
6195 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6196 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
6200 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
6201 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
6204 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
6207 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6208 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6212 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6213 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6214 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
6215 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
6217 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
6219 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6220 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6221 so that we don't have to read them again.
6222 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6223 through the section contents to see if there is an
6224 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6226 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
6228 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6229 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
6231 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
6233 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
6235 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
6237 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6238 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6239 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
6242 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6249 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6250 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
6253 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6254 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
6257 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6264 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6265 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
6268 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6269 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6276 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
6278 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
6280 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6281 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6282 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6283 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
6284 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
6285 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
6286 on it in an input file will be followed. */
6287 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
6288 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
6289 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
6291 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6292 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6294 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
6296 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6297 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6299 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
6302 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6304 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
6306 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
6308 unsigned int adjust
;
6310 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
6312 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
6320 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
6321 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
6322 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
6324 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
6328 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
6329 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
6335 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
6336 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
6337 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
6338 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
6339 probably get away with this. */
6340 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
6342 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
6343 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
6347 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
6350 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
6351 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
6354 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
6355 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
6358 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
6359 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
6362 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
6363 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
6365 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
6367 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
6368 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
6369 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
6371 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
6373 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
6374 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
6377 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
6378 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
6381 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
6382 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
6385 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
6386 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
6387 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
6390 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
6391 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
6394 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
6395 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
6396 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6403 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
6408 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
6409 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
6415 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
6417 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
6418 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
6419 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
6420 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
6421 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
6423 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
6426 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
6427 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
6429 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
6430 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
6433 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
6434 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
6435 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
6436 they should agree. */
6437 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
6439 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
6441 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6442 if (contents
== NULL
)
6444 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
6451 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6452 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
6454 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
6456 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
6458 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
6460 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6461 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6462 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
6465 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6467 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
6469 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
6471 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
6472 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
6474 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
6476 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6478 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
6480 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
6482 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
6483 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
6485 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
6495 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
6496 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
6497 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6500 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
6502 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
6504 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
6506 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
6507 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
6508 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
6510 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
6511 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
6512 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
6514 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
6515 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
6516 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6518 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
6519 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
6520 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
6522 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
6523 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
6524 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6525 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6526 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6528 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
6530 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
6532 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
6533 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
6534 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6535 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6537 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6538 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
6540 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
6543 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
6545 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
6546 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
6547 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
6548 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
6550 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6551 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6553 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
6554 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
6557 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
6558 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
6559 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
6560 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
6561 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
6562 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
6563 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6564 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
6566 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
6567 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6569 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
6571 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
6572 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6573 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6575 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
6577 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
6578 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
6579 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6581 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
6582 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
6584 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
6586 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
6587 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
6588 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
6589 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
6590 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6592 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
6594 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
6595 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
6596 final_write_processing. */
6598 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
6599 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6601 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
6602 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6603 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
6605 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
6607 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
6608 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
6609 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
6612 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
6613 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
6614 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
6615 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
6616 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
6621 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
6622 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
6623 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
6624 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
6625 the .scommon section. */
6628 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6629 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
6631 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
6633 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
6636 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
6638 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
6644 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
6645 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
6648 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6649 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
6650 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6651 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
6653 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
6654 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
6655 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
6657 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
6662 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
6663 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
6664 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
6665 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
6666 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
6667 is not done for them. */
6669 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6670 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
6676 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
6679 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6680 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
6681 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6682 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
6683 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6686 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6687 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
6688 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6689 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
6693 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
6694 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
6696 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
6697 asection
*elf_text_section
;
6698 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
6700 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6701 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
6704 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
6705 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6706 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
6709 /* Initialize the section. */
6711 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
6712 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
6714 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
6715 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
6717 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
6718 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
6719 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
6720 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
6721 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
6722 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
6723 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
6725 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
6726 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
6727 so I took it out. */
6728 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
6731 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6732 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
6734 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
6735 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
6737 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
6738 asection
*elf_data_section
;
6739 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
6741 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6742 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
6745 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
6746 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6747 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
6750 /* Initialize the section. */
6752 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
6753 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
6755 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
6756 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
6758 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
6759 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
6760 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
6761 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
6762 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
6763 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
6764 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
6766 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
6767 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
6768 so I took it out. */
6769 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
6772 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6773 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6777 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
6779 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
6780 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
6782 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6783 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
6785 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
6787 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6788 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
6789 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6792 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6795 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6797 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6800 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
6803 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
6804 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
6805 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
6806 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
6812 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
6813 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
6814 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
6817 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
6818 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6819 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
6820 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6822 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
6823 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
6824 common in the output file. */
6825 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
6826 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
6827 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
6829 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
6830 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
6835 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
6837 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
6840 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6842 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6843 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
6845 register asection
*s
;
6846 const char * const *namep
;
6847 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6849 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6850 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
6851 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
6853 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
6855 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
6857 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
6860 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
6865 /* We need to create .got section. */
6866 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
6869 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
6872 /* Create .stub section. */
6873 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
6874 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
6877 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
6878 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
6882 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
6884 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
6886 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
6887 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
6889 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
6890 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
6894 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
6895 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
6896 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
6897 the linker takes such action. */
6898 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6900 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
6903 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6904 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
6905 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6908 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6911 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
6913 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6917 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
6918 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6920 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
6924 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
6925 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".hash");
6927 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
6928 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
6930 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
6931 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
6933 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
6934 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
6936 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
6937 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
6939 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
6946 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
6948 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6949 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
6950 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6953 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6956 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
6958 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6961 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
6963 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
6964 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
6965 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
6966 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
6967 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map");
6968 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6970 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
6972 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6973 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
6974 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6977 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6980 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6982 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6987 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
6988 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
6989 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
6992 /* Cache the sections created above. */
6993 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
6994 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynbss");
6995 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6997 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
6998 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
7001 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
7003 || (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !htab
->srelbss
&& !info
->shared
)
7008 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7010 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7011 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7014 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
7017 htab
->plt_header_size
7018 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
7019 htab
->plt_entry_size
7020 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
7024 htab
->plt_header_size
7025 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
7026 htab
->plt_entry_size
7027 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
7030 else if (!info
->shared
)
7032 /* All variants of the plt0 entry are the same size. */
7033 htab
->plt_header_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
7034 htab
->plt_entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
7040 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7041 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7042 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7045 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7046 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7047 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7049 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7050 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7052 /* To determine which flavor or relocation this is, we depend on the
7053 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
7054 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->rel_hdr
;
7055 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7056 if ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7057 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))
7058 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel_hdr2
;
7059 return rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
7062 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7063 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7064 of the section that REL is against. */
7067 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7068 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7071 unsigned int r_type
;
7074 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7075 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7077 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7078 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7079 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7080 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7082 return addend
& howto
->src_mask
;
7085 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7086 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7087 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7088 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7089 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7092 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
7093 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7094 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
7095 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
7097 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
7098 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7099 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7102 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7103 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
7104 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7106 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7108 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7109 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7110 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7113 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7115 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7116 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7117 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7118 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7119 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7120 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7122 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7123 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7124 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7125 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
7126 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7129 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7130 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
7131 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
7133 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7134 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7141 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7142 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7143 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7146 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
7151 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7152 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
7154 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
7158 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
7161 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7162 allocate space in the global offset table. */
7165 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7166 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
7170 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7171 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7173 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7174 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
7176 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7177 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7180 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7182 if (info
->relocatable
)
7185 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7186 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7187 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7188 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7189 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7191 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7192 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7194 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7196 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7197 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
7199 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7201 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7204 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
7207 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7208 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7209 " stub section `%s'"),
7211 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7215 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
7216 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
7220 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7221 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7222 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7223 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7225 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
7226 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
7228 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7229 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
7230 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
7231 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
7235 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7237 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
7240 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7241 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
7242 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
7243 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
7246 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
7255 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7256 not need it. Since this function is called before
7257 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7258 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7260 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7264 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
7266 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
7268 unsigned long symcount
;
7272 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
7273 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
7275 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7276 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
7277 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7280 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
7283 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7284 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
7286 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7287 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7288 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7289 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7293 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7295 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
7296 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
7298 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7299 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7300 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
7302 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7304 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7305 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7306 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7307 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7308 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7309 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
7311 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7315 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7317 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
7320 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
7322 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7323 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7326 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7329 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
7332 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7333 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7334 " stub section `%s'"),
7336 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7340 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
7341 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
7345 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7346 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
7347 that refers to this symbol. */
7348 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7350 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
7351 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
7353 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7354 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
7355 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
7356 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
7360 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7362 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
7365 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7366 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
7367 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
7368 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
7371 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
7380 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7381 not need it. Since this function is called before
7382 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7383 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7385 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7389 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
7391 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
7393 unsigned long symcount
;
7397 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
7398 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
7400 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7401 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
7402 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7405 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
7408 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7409 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
7411 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7412 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7413 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7414 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7418 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
7419 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
7421 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7423 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
7424 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
7426 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
7428 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7429 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7430 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7431 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7432 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7435 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7439 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7441 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
7447 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
7449 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7450 unsigned int r_type
;
7451 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7452 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
7454 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7455 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7457 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
7459 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
7461 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7462 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
7464 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7469 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
7471 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7472 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
7473 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7476 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
7477 relocation into a dynamic one. */
7478 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
7481 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
7482 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
7485 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7486 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7487 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7488 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7489 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7490 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
7491 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7492 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7494 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
7496 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
7497 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
7499 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
7501 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7502 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
7503 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
7504 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7509 /* This is just a hint; it can safely be ignored. Don't set
7510 has_static_relocs for the corresponding symbol. */
7517 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
7518 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
7519 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
7521 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
7522 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
7523 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
7524 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
7525 against a read-only section. */
7528 && !htab
->is_vxworks
7529 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
7530 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
7531 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
7532 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
7533 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7535 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
7537 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
7543 /* Most static relocations require pointer equality, except
7546 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= TRUE
;
7553 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
7559 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
7560 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
7561 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
7562 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
7566 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
7570 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
7571 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
7572 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
7573 relocations against the text segment. */
7574 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
7577 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
7578 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
7579 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
7580 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
7582 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
7583 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
7584 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
7585 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
7586 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
7587 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
7588 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
7589 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
7590 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
7591 rel
->r_addend
, info
, 0))
7595 if (h
!= NULL
&& mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
))
7596 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
7601 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
7604 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7605 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
7606 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
7607 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7612 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7613 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7616 /* VxWorks call relocations point at the function's .got.plt
7617 entry, which will be allocated by adjust_dynamic_symbol.
7618 Otherwise, this symbol requires a global GOT entry. */
7619 if ((!htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->forced_local
)
7620 && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, 0))
7623 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
7624 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
7625 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
7631 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7632 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
7633 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
7636 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
7637 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7639 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
7640 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
7641 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
7642 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
7647 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
7649 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7650 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7651 if (!h
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
)
7653 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
7654 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
7655 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
7657 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
7659 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
7661 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
7662 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
7664 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
7665 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
7668 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
7671 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7672 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
7679 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7680 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, 0))
7684 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7686 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
7689 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
7690 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
7698 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
7699 for TLS GD relocations. */
7701 unsigned char flag
= (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
7703 : r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
7708 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
7709 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7710 hmips
->tls_type
|= flag
;
7712 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
,
7718 BFD_ASSERT (flag
== GOT_TLS_LDM
|| r_symndx
!= 0);
7720 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
7731 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
7732 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
7733 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
7734 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
7738 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
7742 if (info
->shared
&& h
== NULL
)
7744 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
7745 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
7746 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
7747 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
7748 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
7749 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
7750 relocations against the text segment. */
7751 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
7755 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
7757 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
7758 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
7759 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
7760 it will be left as zero.
7762 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
7763 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
7765 For an executable, we only need to copy this
7766 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
7768 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7769 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
7770 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
7771 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
7772 are relocations against the text segment. */
7773 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
7777 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7778 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
7779 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
7783 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
7784 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
7785 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
7786 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7787 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
7788 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
7791 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
7792 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
7793 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7794 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
7798 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
7799 used. Record for later use during GC. */
7800 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7801 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
7803 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
7811 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
7812 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
7813 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
7814 a normal .got entry. */
7815 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
!= NULL
)
7819 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
7821 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
7823 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7824 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7829 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
7830 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
7831 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
7832 when processing the stub's relocations. */
7834 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
7835 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
7837 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
7839 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7840 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
7843 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
7844 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
7845 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
7846 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
7847 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
7855 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
7856 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
7857 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
7861 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
7862 and has a special meaning. */
7863 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
7864 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
7871 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
7872 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7873 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
7875 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
7876 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7888 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7889 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
7892 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
7893 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
7894 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7895 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
7897 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
7898 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
7899 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
7901 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
7904 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
7907 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7908 link_info
->keep_memory
);
7909 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
7912 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
7913 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7914 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7915 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7917 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
7920 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
7921 unsigned int r_type
;
7922 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7924 unsigned long instruction
;
7926 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
7927 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
7928 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
7929 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
7930 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
7933 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
7934 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
7935 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
7937 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
7938 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
7939 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
7941 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7942 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7943 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
7945 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
7947 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7948 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7949 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
7950 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
7951 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
7954 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
7955 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
7956 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
7957 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
7958 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
7960 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
7964 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
7966 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
7967 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
7969 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
7970 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
7971 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
7972 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
7974 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
7978 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
7979 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
7981 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7982 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
7983 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
7984 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
7987 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
7988 symval
= isym
->st_value
7989 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
7990 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
7993 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
7995 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
7996 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
7998 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
7999 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
8004 /* Check that it's in range. */
8005 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
8008 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8009 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8012 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8014 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8015 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8016 instruction
= 0x04110000;
8017 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8018 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8019 instruction
= 0x10000000;
8023 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
8024 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8025 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
8028 if (contents
!= NULL
8029 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8031 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
8035 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8036 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
8042 if (contents
!= NULL
8043 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8048 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8051 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8053 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
8055 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8056 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8058 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8059 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8060 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8062 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8063 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8064 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8067 /* Ignore indirect and warning symbols. All relocations against
8068 such symbols will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8069 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8070 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8073 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8074 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8075 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8076 if (! info
->relocatable
8077 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
8078 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
8082 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
8084 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8086 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8087 non-default visibility. */
8088 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
8091 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8093 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
8095 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8102 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8103 a symbol must have a dynamic symbol table index greater that
8104 DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic relocations against it. */
8105 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
8106 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
8108 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8109 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
8110 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
8111 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8112 against the text segment. */
8113 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8120 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8121 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8122 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8123 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8127 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8128 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8131 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8132 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8134 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8135 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8136 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8138 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8139 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
8141 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
8144 && !h
->def_regular
)));
8146 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8148 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8149 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8150 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8151 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8152 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8154 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8155 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8156 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8158 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8161 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
8162 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
8163 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
8164 executable and the shared library. */
8165 if (!h
->def_regular
)
8167 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
8168 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
8172 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
8173 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
8175 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
8176 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
8177 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
8178 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
8179 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
8180 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
8181 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
8182 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8183 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
8184 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
8185 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8186 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
8187 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
8189 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
8191 if (htab
->splt
->size
== 0)
8193 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
8195 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
8196 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
8197 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
8198 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
8199 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
8200 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->splt
, 5))
8203 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
8204 for the same reason as above. */
8205 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sgotplt
,
8206 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
8209 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_header_size
;
8211 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
8213 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8214 htab
->sgotplt
->size
+= 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
);
8216 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
8217 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
8218 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8219 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8222 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
8223 h
->plt
.offset
= htab
->splt
->size
;
8224 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
8226 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
8227 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
8228 if (!info
->shared
&& !h
->def_regular
)
8230 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
8231 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->plt
.offset
;
8232 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the
8233 lazy resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical
8234 function address. */
8235 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8236 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+= 8;
8239 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
8241 htab
->sgotplt
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
);
8242 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
8243 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
8244 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
8246 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
8247 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8248 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8250 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8251 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
8252 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
8257 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
8258 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
8259 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
8260 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
8262 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8263 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
8264 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
8265 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8269 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
8270 in regular objects. */
8274 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
8275 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
8276 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
8279 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
8280 some that we can't convert. */
8281 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| info
->shared
)
8283 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
8284 "dynamic symbol %s"),
8285 h
->root
.root
.string
);
8286 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8290 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
8291 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
8292 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
8293 object will contain position independent code, so all references
8294 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
8295 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
8296 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
8297 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
8298 same memory location for the variable. */
8300 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8302 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8303 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8305 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8309 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8310 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
8311 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
8313 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h
, htab
->sdynbss
);
8316 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
8317 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
8318 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
8321 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8322 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8325 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8326 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
8328 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8330 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
8331 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
8333 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
8336 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
8338 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8339 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
8346 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
8349 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8353 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8354 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
8355 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
8357 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg
;
8358 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8360 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8365 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8368 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
8369 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
8370 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== 0);
8371 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8372 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
8374 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
8375 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
8376 g
->assigned_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
8378 /* Replace entries for indirect and warning symbols with entries for
8379 the target symbol. */
8380 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
))
8383 /* Count the number of GOT symbols. */
8384 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, g
);
8386 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
8387 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
8389 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
8391 asection
*subsection
;
8393 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
8395 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
8397 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
8399 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
8400 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
8404 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8405 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
8406 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
8407 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
8410 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
8411 sections. Is 5 enough? */
8412 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
8414 /* Choose the smaller of the two estimates; both are intended to be
8416 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
8417 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
8419 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
8420 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8421 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8423 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
8424 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
8425 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
8426 count_tls_arg
.info
= info
;
8427 count_tls_arg
.needed
= 0;
8428 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
8429 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries
,
8431 g
->tls_gotno
+= count_tls_arg
.needed
;
8432 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8434 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
8435 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
8437 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8439 /* VxWorks executables do not need a GOT. */
8442 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
8445 count
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
8447 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, count
);
8450 else if (s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
8452 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
8457 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg
;
8459 /* Set up TLS entries. */
8460 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
8461 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
8463 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
8466 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs
, &arg
);
8467 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
8468 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs
,
8471 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, arg
.needed
);
8477 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
8480 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8482 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8483 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
8485 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8486 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
8489 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
8490 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
8491 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
8493 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
8494 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
8495 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
8497 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
8498 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
8500 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
8501 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
8502 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
8503 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
8505 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
8508 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
8509 MIPS hash table. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub,
8510 allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
8513 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void **data
)
8515 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8517 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) data
;
8518 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
8520 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
8521 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
8522 h
->root
.plt
.offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
8523 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
8528 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
8529 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
8532 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8534 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8536 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8537 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
8540 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
8541 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8542 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, htab
);
8543 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
8544 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
8545 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
8548 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
8551 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8552 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8555 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
8556 bfd_boolean reltext
;
8557 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8559 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8560 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8561 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
8563 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8565 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
8566 if (info
->executable
)
8568 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
8569 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8571 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
8573 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
8576 /* Create a symbol for the PLT, if we know that we are using it. */
8577 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0 && htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
8579 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8581 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
8583 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->splt
,
8584 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
8585 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
8592 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8593 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, (PTR
) info
);
8595 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
8597 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
8600 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
8602 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
8603 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
8606 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8610 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
8611 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
8612 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
8614 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
8617 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
8621 const char *outname
;
8624 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
8625 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
8626 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
8627 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
8628 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
8630 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
8632 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
8634 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
8635 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8636 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
8639 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
8640 to copy relocs into the output file. */
8641 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
8644 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
8645 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
8646 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
8647 will move them around between input sections'
8648 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
8649 broken, so don't let it run. */
8650 info
->combreloc
= 0;
8653 else if (! info
->shared
8654 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
8655 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
8657 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
8658 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
8661 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
8662 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
8663 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
8664 else if (s
== htab
->splt
)
8666 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
8667 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
8668 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
8669 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
8670 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
8673 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
8675 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
8676 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
8677 && s
!= htab
->sdynbss
)
8679 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
8685 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8689 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
8692 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
8693 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
8694 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
8696 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8701 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8703 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
8704 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
8705 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
8706 the .dynamic section. */
8708 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
8709 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
8710 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and GDB only
8711 looks at the first one it sees. */
8713 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
8716 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
8717 used by the debugger. */
8718 if (info
->executable
8719 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
8720 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
8723 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
8724 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8726 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
8728 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
8731 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
8732 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
8733 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
8734 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
8735 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
8738 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
8741 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
8742 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8744 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
8745 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
8746 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
8748 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
8751 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
8754 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
8760 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
8762 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
8765 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
8768 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
8772 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
8775 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
8778 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
8781 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
8784 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
8787 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
8790 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
8793 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
8794 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
8797 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
8798 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
8799 (dynobj
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
8800 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
8803 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
8805 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
8808 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
8811 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
8814 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
8817 if (htab
->is_vxworks
8818 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
8825 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
8826 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
8827 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
8828 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
8831 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8832 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
8833 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
8835 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
8836 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8839 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
, FALSE
))
8841 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8842 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
8843 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL16
8844 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
8845 || r_type
== R_MIPS_LITERAL
)
8847 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
8848 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
8851 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8852 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
8854 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
8855 if (!info
->relocatable
)
8857 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
8858 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
8861 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
8862 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
8863 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
8867 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
8870 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8871 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
8872 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
8873 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
8874 asection
**local_sections
)
8876 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
8877 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
8879 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
8880 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8882 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
8883 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8884 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
8888 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8889 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
8890 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
8892 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
8893 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8895 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8897 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8898 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8900 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
8901 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
,
8902 NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
8903 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
8904 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8907 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8908 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8909 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
, FALSE
))
8911 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
8916 unsigned long extsymoff
;
8919 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
8920 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8921 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8922 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8923 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8924 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8927 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8928 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8929 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
8932 if (sec
!= NULL
&& elf_discarded_section (sec
))
8934 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
8935 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
8936 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
8937 _bfd_clear_contents (howto
, input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8943 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
8945 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
8946 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
8947 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
8948 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
8949 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
8950 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
8951 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
8953 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
8955 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
8959 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
8961 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
8962 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
8963 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
8965 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8968 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
8969 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
8971 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8972 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8973 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
8974 local_sections
, FALSE
)))
8976 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
8980 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
8982 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
8983 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
8985 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8986 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
8987 input_bfd
, input_section
, name
, howto
->name
,
8992 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8995 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8996 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
8997 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
9000 if (info
->relocatable
)
9002 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
9003 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9006 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
9008 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9009 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
9010 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
9011 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
9012 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
9013 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
9014 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
9016 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
9018 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
9019 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
9020 source of the addend in the final link. */
9021 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
9023 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
9024 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9025 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
9026 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
9027 but for endianness. */
9033 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
9035 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
9042 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9043 do two separate stores. */
9044 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9046 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9048 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
9054 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
9056 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
9057 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9058 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
9059 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
9063 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
9064 input_bfd
, input_section
,
9069 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
9073 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
9074 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
9075 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
9077 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
9078 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
9079 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
9080 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
9082 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
9084 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
9085 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
9086 input_section
, info
, rel
,
9087 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
9088 local_sections
, &value
,
9089 &name
, &require_jalx
,
9090 use_saved_addend_p
))
9092 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
9093 /* There's nothing to do. */
9096 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
9097 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
9098 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
9099 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
9100 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
9103 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
9104 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
9105 info
->callbacks
->warning
9106 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9109 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
9110 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
9111 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
9112 a given location. */
9116 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9118 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9119 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
9120 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
9121 && (howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GPREL16
9122 || howto
->type
== R_MIPS_LITERAL
))
9124 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
9125 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
9127 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
9128 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
9130 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
9131 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
9132 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
9145 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
9146 until we reach the last one. */
9147 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
9153 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
9154 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9155 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
9156 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
9157 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
9158 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
9159 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
9160 only a 32-bit VMA. */
9166 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
9168 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
9175 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9176 do two separate stores. */
9177 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9179 /* Undo what we did above. */
9181 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9183 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
9189 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
9191 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
9192 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9193 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
9194 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
9198 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
9199 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
9200 input_bfd
, input_section
,
9201 contents
, require_jalx
))
9208 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
9209 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
9212 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
9214 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
9215 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9216 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
9219 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
9221 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
9222 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
9223 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
9225 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
9226 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
9230 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
9239 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
9240 offset
= stub
->offset
;
9242 /* Work out the target address. */
9243 target
= (stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
9244 + stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
9245 + stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
);
9246 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9247 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
9249 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
9251 /* This is a simple LUI/ADIDU stub. Zero out the beginning
9252 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
9253 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
9255 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
9256 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
9260 /* This is trampoline. */
9262 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
9263 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
9264 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
9265 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
9270 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
9271 adjust it appropriately now. */
9274 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9275 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9277 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
9278 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
9279 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
9282 "__dso_displacement",
9284 "__program_header_table",
9288 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
9296 const char* const *p
;
9299 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
9300 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
9303 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
9305 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
9307 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
9308 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
9310 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
9312 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
9314 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
9320 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9321 dynamic sections here. */
9324 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9325 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9326 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9327 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9331 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
9334 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9335 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9337 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9338 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9339 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9341 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
9343 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
&& hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9345 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
9347 bfd_vma header_address
, plt_index
, got_address
;
9348 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
9349 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9351 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9352 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9353 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
9354 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
9355 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
9357 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
9358 header_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
9359 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
);
9361 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
9362 plt_index
= ((h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
)
9363 / htab
->plt_entry_size
);
9365 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
9366 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9367 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
9368 + (2 + plt_index
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9369 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9370 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
9372 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
9373 loc
= (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
9374 + (2 + plt_index
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9375 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9376 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
9378 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
9380 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
9381 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
9383 /* Pick the load opcode. */
9384 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
9386 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
9387 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
9388 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
9389 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
, loc
+ 4);
9391 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
9393 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
9394 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
9398 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
9399 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
9402 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
9403 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->srelplt
,
9404 plt_index
, h
->dynindx
,
9405 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
9407 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
9408 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
9409 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
9410 binary where pointer equality matters. */
9411 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9412 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9413 sym
->st_other
= STO_MIPS_PLT
;
9417 else if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9419 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
9420 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
9422 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
9424 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9426 BFD_ASSERT ((htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
9427 || (h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff));
9429 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
9430 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
9432 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
9435 /* Fill the stub. */
9437 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
9439 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
9441 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
9443 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
9447 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
9450 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
9451 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
9452 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
9453 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
9454 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
9455 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
9457 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
9460 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
9461 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
,
9462 stub
, htab
->function_stub_size
);
9464 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
9465 only for the referenced symbol. */
9466 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9468 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
9469 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
9470 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
9471 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
9472 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
9476 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
9477 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
9479 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
9481 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
9482 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
9483 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
9484 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
9485 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
9488 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
9489 || h
->forced_local
);
9493 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
9495 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
9496 the symbols that need them. */
9497 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
9498 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
9503 value
= sym
->st_value
;
9504 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
,
9505 R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
9506 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
9509 if (g
->next
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->type
!= STT_TLS
)
9511 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
9517 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
9522 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
9525 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
9530 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
9532 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
9533 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
9535 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
9536 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
9537 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
9538 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
9539 appropriate addend. */
9540 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
9542 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
9543 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9544 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
9546 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
9547 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
9550 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
9551 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
9552 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
9556 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
9557 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
9562 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
9563 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
9564 if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
9565 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
9566 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9567 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
9568 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
9570 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9571 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
9574 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
9576 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9577 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
9578 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
9580 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
9582 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
9583 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
9585 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
9586 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
9588 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
9590 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
9592 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
9593 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
9594 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
9595 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9597 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
9599 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
9600 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
9601 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
9602 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
9606 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
9612 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9613 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9615 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9616 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
9617 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
9618 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
9619 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
9620 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
9623 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
9624 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
9625 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
9629 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
9630 && (strcmp (name
, "__rld_map") == 0
9631 || strcmp (name
, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
9633 asection
*s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map");
9634 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9635 sym
->st_value
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9636 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, s
->contents
);
9637 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
== 0)
9638 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
9640 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
9641 && strcmp (name
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
9643 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
9644 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
9645 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_none
)
9646 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map")
9648 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
9652 /* Keep dynamic MIPS16 symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker to
9653 treat MIPS16 symbols like any other. */
9654 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
9656 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
9657 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
9663 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
9666 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9667 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9668 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9669 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9673 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9674 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9676 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9677 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9679 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9682 bfd_vma plt_address
, plt_index
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
9683 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
9684 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9686 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9687 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
9688 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
9690 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
9691 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
9692 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
9695 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
9696 plt_index
= ((h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
)
9697 / htab
->plt_entry_size
);
9699 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
9700 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9701 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
9704 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
9705 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9706 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
9708 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
9709 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
9710 branch_offset
= -(h
->plt
.offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
9712 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
9713 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
9714 htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* 4);
9716 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
9717 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
9721 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
9722 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
9723 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
9727 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
9729 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
9730 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9731 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
9733 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
9734 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
9735 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
9736 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
9737 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
9738 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
9739 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
9740 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
9742 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
9743 + (plt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9745 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
9746 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
9747 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
9748 rel
.r_addend
= h
->plt
.offset
;
9749 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
9751 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
9752 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9753 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
9754 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
9755 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9756 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
9758 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
9759 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9761 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
9762 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
9765 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
9766 loc
= htab
->srelplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9767 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
9768 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
9770 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
9772 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9773 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9776 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
9780 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
9782 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
9783 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
9784 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
9787 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
9791 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
9792 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
,
9793 R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
9794 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
9796 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
9797 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9798 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9799 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
9800 + sgot
->output_offset
9802 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
9803 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
9804 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
9807 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
9810 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
9812 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9814 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
9815 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
9816 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
9817 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
9819 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
9820 htab
->srelbss
->contents
9821 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
9822 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
9823 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
9826 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
9827 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
9828 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
9833 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
9836 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9839 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
9840 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9841 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9843 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9844 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9845 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
9846 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
9847 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
9849 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
9851 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
9852 gotplt_value
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9853 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
);
9854 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9855 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
9857 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
9858 not be loaded in two instructions. */
9859 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x7fffffff) == 0
9860 || ~(gotplt_value
| 0x7fffffff) == 0);
9862 /* Install the PLT header. */
9863 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
9864 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
9865 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
9866 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
9867 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
9868 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
9869 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
9870 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
9871 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
9874 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
9875 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9878 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9880 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9882 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
9883 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9884 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9886 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9887 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
9889 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9890 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
9891 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
9892 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
9894 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9895 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
9897 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
9898 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
9900 /* Install the PLT header. */
9901 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
9902 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
9903 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
9904 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
9905 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
9906 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
9907 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
9909 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
9910 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
9911 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
9912 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
9914 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9915 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9917 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
9918 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
9920 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
9921 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9922 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9924 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
9925 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
9926 in which symbols were output. */
9927 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
9929 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
9931 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
9932 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
9933 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
9934 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9936 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
9937 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
9938 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
9939 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9941 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
9942 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
9943 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
9944 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9948 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
9951 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9954 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9956 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9958 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
9959 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
9960 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
9961 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
9964 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9967 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9968 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9973 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
9974 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9976 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9977 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9979 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
9982 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
9984 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9987 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
9989 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
9990 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
9992 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
9993 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
9995 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
9996 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
9997 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
9999 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
10003 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
10005 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10006 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
10008 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10014 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
10018 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
10019 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
10023 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
10025 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
10030 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10033 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
10035 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10038 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
10039 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
10042 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
10043 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
10046 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
10050 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
10054 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
10056 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10059 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
10061 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10064 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
10065 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
10066 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
10067 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
10070 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
10071 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
10074 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
10075 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
10076 entry of the first external symbol that is not
10077 referenced within the same object. */
10078 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
10081 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
10082 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
10084 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
10087 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
10088 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
10089 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
10091 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
10093 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10094 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
10095 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
10097 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
10100 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
10101 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
10104 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
10105 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
;
10108 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
10109 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
10110 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
10111 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
10115 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
10116 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
10118 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
10122 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10123 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
10124 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
10126 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
10130 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10131 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
10135 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10136 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
10137 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
10141 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
10142 the dynamic tag. */
10143 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
10145 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
10146 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10151 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
10152 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
10153 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
10154 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
10156 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10160 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10161 if (htab
->is_vxworks
10162 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
10167 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
10168 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
10169 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
10173 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
10178 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
10179 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
10180 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
10183 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
10184 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
10186 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
10188 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
10189 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
10190 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
10191 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
10192 to the lazy resolution stub. */
10193 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
10194 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
10196 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
10197 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10198 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
10200 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10204 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
10205 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
10206 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
10207 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
10208 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
10209 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10212 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
10213 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10216 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
10217 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
10219 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
10220 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
10222 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
10223 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
10225 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
10227 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
10228 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
10230 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
10231 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10232 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
10234 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10236 if (! info
->shared
)
10239 while (got_index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
10241 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
10242 = got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10243 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10244 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
10245 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
10246 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
10248 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
10253 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
10254 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
10257 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10260 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
10262 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
10264 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
10265 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
10266 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
10268 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
10271 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10272 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
10274 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10280 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
10281 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
10282 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
10283 are trailing null entries. */
10284 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10285 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
10286 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
10287 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
10288 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
10289 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
10290 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
10291 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
10296 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10301 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
10308 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
10310 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
10312 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
10313 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
10317 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
10319 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
10320 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
10323 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
10324 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
10327 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
10328 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
10330 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
10332 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
10333 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
10334 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
10335 htab
->function_stub_size
);
10340 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
10341 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
10342 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
10343 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
10344 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
10346 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10348 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
10350 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
10352 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10353 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
10354 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
10355 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
10357 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
10358 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
10359 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
10364 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
10366 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
10369 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
10371 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
10375 BFD_ASSERT (!info
->shared
);
10376 mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
10383 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
10386 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
10390 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
10393 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
10394 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
10397 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
10398 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
10401 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
10402 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
10405 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
10406 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
10407 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
10408 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
10409 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
10412 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
10413 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
10416 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
10417 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
10420 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
10421 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
10424 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
10425 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
10428 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
10429 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
10432 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
10433 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
10436 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
10437 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
10440 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
10441 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
10444 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
10445 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
10446 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
10447 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
10448 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
10449 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
10450 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
10451 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
10454 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
10455 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
10458 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
10459 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
10462 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
10463 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
10466 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
10467 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
10470 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
10471 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
10474 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
10475 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
10478 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
10479 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
10482 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
10483 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
10486 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
10487 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
10490 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
10491 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
10494 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
10495 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
10500 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
10501 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
10502 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
10505 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
10506 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10509 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
10513 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
10514 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
10515 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
10516 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
10517 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
10519 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
10520 info for each special section. */
10521 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
10522 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
10525 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
10527 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
10528 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
10529 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
10531 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
10534 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
10535 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
10536 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
10537 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
10538 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
10539 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
10540 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
10541 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
10544 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
10545 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
10546 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
10547 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
10548 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
10549 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
10550 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
10551 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
10552 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
10555 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
10556 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
10558 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
10559 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
10561 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
10564 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
10565 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
10566 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
10567 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10568 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
10569 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
10570 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
10573 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
10574 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
10576 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
10578 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
10579 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
10586 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
10590 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
10591 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10596 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
10597 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
10598 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
10601 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
10602 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
10603 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
10604 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
10607 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
10608 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
10609 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
10610 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
10613 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
10614 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
10615 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
10616 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
10622 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
10625 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
10626 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10629 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
10632 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
10634 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
10635 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
10637 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
10638 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
10643 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
10647 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
10649 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
10651 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
10652 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
10654 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
10655 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
10663 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
10664 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
10665 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
10667 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
10668 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
10669 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
10670 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
10672 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
10674 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
10675 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
10680 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
10682 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
10684 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
10685 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
10688 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
10690 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
10691 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
10692 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
10693 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
10694 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
10695 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
10696 options_segment
->count
= 1;
10697 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
10698 *pm
= options_segment
;
10704 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
10706 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
10707 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
10708 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
10709 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
10710 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
10712 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
10713 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
10718 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
10722 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
10724 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
10729 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
10734 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
10737 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
10738 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
10739 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
10749 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
10750 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
10752 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
10754 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
10757 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
10759 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
10760 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
10761 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
10762 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
10763 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
10765 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
10766 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
10769 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
10770 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
10771 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
10772 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
10773 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
10774 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
10775 which might move one of the other sections to a different
10776 PT_LOAD segment. */
10777 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
10780 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
10782 static const char *sec_names
[] =
10784 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
10788 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
10790 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
10792 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
10794 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
10795 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
10802 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
10803 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
10808 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10809 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
10811 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
10814 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
10815 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
10822 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10824 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
10826 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
10828 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
10837 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
10838 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
10840 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
10841 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
10842 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
10843 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
10844 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
10846 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
10847 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
10848 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
10849 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
10850 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
10853 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
10854 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
10856 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
10857 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
10859 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
10860 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
10864 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
10868 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
10876 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
10880 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
10881 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10882 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
10883 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10884 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10886 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
10889 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
10891 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
10892 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
10896 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
10899 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
10902 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10903 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10904 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10905 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10908 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10909 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
10910 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
10911 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
10912 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10913 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10915 if (info
->relocatable
)
10918 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10919 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
10920 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
10922 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
10923 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
10924 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
10926 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
10927 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
10929 case R_MIPS_CALL16
:
10930 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
10931 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
10932 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
10933 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
10934 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
10935 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
10936 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
10937 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
10938 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
10939 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
10950 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
10951 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
10952 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
10953 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
10956 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10957 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
10958 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
10960 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
10962 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
10964 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
10965 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
10966 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
10967 definition will be against the target symbol. */
10968 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
10969 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
10971 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
10974 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
10975 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
10976 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
10977 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
10978 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
10979 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
10981 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
10982 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
10984 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
10986 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
10987 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
10989 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
10991 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
10992 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
10994 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
10996 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
10997 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
10999 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
11000 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
11001 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
11002 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
11003 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
11004 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
11006 if (dirmips
->tls_type
== 0)
11007 dirmips
->tls_type
= indmips
->tls_type
;
11010 #define PDR_SIZE 32
11013 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11014 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11017 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
11018 unsigned char *tdata
;
11021 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
11026 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
11028 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
11029 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
11032 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
11036 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
11037 info
->keep_memory
);
11044 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
11045 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
11047 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
11049 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
11058 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
11059 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
11065 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
11066 free (cookie
->rels
);
11072 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
11074 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
11080 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11081 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11082 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
11084 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
11087 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
11090 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
11094 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
11095 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
11097 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
11099 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
11102 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
11105 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
11106 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
11110 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
11111 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
11113 struct mips_elf_find_line
11115 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
11116 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
11120 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
11121 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
11122 const char **filename_ptr
,
11123 const char **functionname_ptr
,
11124 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
11128 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
11129 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11133 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
11134 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11135 line_ptr
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
11136 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
11139 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
11142 flagword origflags
;
11143 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
11144 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
11145 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
11147 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
11148 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
11149 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
11150 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
11151 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
11152 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11154 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
11157 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
11160 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
11161 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
11163 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11166 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11170 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
11172 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11176 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
11177 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
11178 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
11179 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
11181 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11184 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
11185 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
11186 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
11187 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
11188 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
11189 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
11190 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
11192 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
11194 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
11195 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
11196 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
11197 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
11198 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
11199 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
11202 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
11203 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11206 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11210 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11213 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
11215 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
11216 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11221 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
11222 const char **filename_ptr
,
11223 const char **functionname_ptr
,
11224 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
11227 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
11228 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
11229 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
11234 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
11235 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
11236 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
11239 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
11240 const void *location
,
11241 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
11243 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
11247 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
11249 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
11250 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11251 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
11254 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
11257 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
11260 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
11263 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
11266 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
11270 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
11271 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
11274 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
11276 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
11277 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
11279 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
11282 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
11283 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
11284 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11287 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
11288 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
11291 if (reloc_size
< 0)
11294 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
11295 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
11298 /* read in the section */
11299 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
11300 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
11303 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
11307 if (reloc_count
< 0)
11310 if (reloc_count
> 0)
11315 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
11318 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
11319 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
11320 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
11321 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
11322 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
11326 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
11327 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
11334 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
11335 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
11336 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
11339 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
11340 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
11342 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
11344 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
11345 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
11347 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
11349 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
11358 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
11360 char *error_message
= NULL
;
11361 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
11363 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
11364 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
11365 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
11367 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
11368 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
11369 to the generic handling. */
11371 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
11372 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
11373 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
11374 input_section
, relocatable
,
11377 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
11379 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
11384 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
11386 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
11387 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
11391 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
11395 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
11396 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
11397 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
11398 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
)))
11401 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
11402 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
11403 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
11404 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
11405 (*parent
)->address
)))
11408 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
11409 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
11411 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
11412 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
11413 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
11416 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
11425 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
11426 free (reloc_vector
);
11430 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
11431 free (reloc_vector
);
11435 /* Allocate ABFD's target-dependent data. */
11438 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
11440 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
11444 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
11446 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
11447 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
11449 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
11450 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
11452 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
11456 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
11457 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
11458 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
)))
11465 /* We no longer use this. */
11466 for (i
= 0; i
< SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
; i
++)
11467 ret
->dynsym_sec_strindex
[i
] = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
11469 ret
->procedure_count
= 0;
11470 ret
->compact_rel_size
= 0;
11471 ret
->use_rld_obj_head
= FALSE
;
11472 ret
->rld_value
= 0;
11473 ret
->mips16_stubs_seen
= FALSE
;
11474 ret
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= FALSE
;
11475 ret
->is_vxworks
= FALSE
;
11476 ret
->small_data_overflow_reported
= FALSE
;
11477 ret
->srelbss
= NULL
;
11478 ret
->sdynbss
= NULL
;
11479 ret
->srelplt
= NULL
;
11480 ret
->srelplt2
= NULL
;
11481 ret
->sgotplt
= NULL
;
11483 ret
->sstubs
= NULL
;
11485 ret
->got_info
= NULL
;
11486 ret
->plt_header_size
= 0;
11487 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 0;
11488 ret
->lazy_stub_count
= 0;
11489 ret
->function_stub_size
= 0;
11490 ret
->strampoline
= NULL
;
11491 ret
->la25_stubs
= NULL
;
11492 ret
->add_stub_section
= NULL
;
11494 return &ret
->root
.root
;
11497 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
11499 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
11500 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
11502 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
11504 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
11507 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11509 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
11510 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
11511 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
11516 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
11517 and copy relocs. */
11520 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11522 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
11525 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
11526 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
11527 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
11530 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11533 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11534 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
11535 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
11536 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
11537 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
11538 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
11539 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11540 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
11541 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
11542 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
11547 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11549 static const char * const secname
[] =
11551 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
11552 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
11554 static const int sc
[] =
11556 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
11557 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
11560 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
11562 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11563 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
11566 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
11568 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
11570 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
11574 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
11575 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
11577 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11579 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
11580 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
11581 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
11582 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11583 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
11584 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
11585 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
11586 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
11587 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
11588 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
11589 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11590 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11592 else if (info
->relocatable
)
11594 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
11596 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
11597 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11599 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
11602 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
11603 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
11607 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
11608 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
11609 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
11613 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
11615 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
11617 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
11618 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
11619 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11621 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
11623 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
11625 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
11626 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
11627 the information together. */
11628 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11630 asection
*input_section
;
11632 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
11635 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11637 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
11642 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11643 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
11645 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
11646 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
11649 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
11651 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
11652 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
11653 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
11654 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
11655 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
11657 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
11658 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
11659 finally written out. */
11661 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
11662 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
11663 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11666 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
11667 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
11669 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
11670 matters, but someday it might). */
11671 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
11676 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
11678 struct extsym_info einfo
;
11681 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
11682 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
11683 the information together. */
11684 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
11685 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
11686 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
11687 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
11688 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
11689 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
11690 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
11691 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
11692 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
11693 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
11694 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
11695 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
11696 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
11698 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
11700 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
11701 debug_info structure. */
11703 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
11704 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
11705 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
11706 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
11707 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
11709 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
11710 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
11711 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
11712 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
11714 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
11715 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
11719 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
11723 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
11724 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
11725 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
11726 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
11728 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
11730 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
11731 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
11734 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
11735 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
11738 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
11739 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
11740 secname
[i
], &esym
))
11744 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11746 asection
*input_section
;
11748 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
11749 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
11753 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11755 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
11760 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11761 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
11763 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
11765 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
11766 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
11767 want to deal with it. */
11771 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
11772 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
11774 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
11776 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
11777 read in the debugging information and set up an
11778 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
11779 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
11783 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
11784 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
11785 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
11788 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
11789 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
11790 the linker global hash table and save the information
11791 for the output external symbols. */
11792 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
11793 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
11794 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
11795 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
11797 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
11798 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
11802 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11804 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
11805 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
11806 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
11807 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
11810 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
11811 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
11812 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
11813 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
11818 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
11819 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
11820 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
11826 /* Free up the information we just read. */
11827 free (input_debug
.line
);
11828 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
11829 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
11830 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
11831 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
11832 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
11833 free (input_debug
.ss
);
11834 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
11835 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
11836 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
11837 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
11839 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
11840 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
11841 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11844 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
11846 /* Create .rtproc section. */
11847 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
11848 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
11850 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
11851 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
11853 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
11856 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
11857 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
11861 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
11867 /* Build the external symbol information. */
11870 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
11872 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
11873 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
11874 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
11878 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
11879 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
11881 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
11882 matters, but someday it might). */
11883 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
11888 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
11890 const char *subname
;
11893 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
11896 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
11897 information describing how the small data area would
11898 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
11899 not used in executables files. */
11900 if (! info
->relocatable
)
11902 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11904 asection
*input_section
;
11906 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11908 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
11913 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11915 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
11916 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
11917 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11920 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
11921 currently matters, but someday it might). */
11922 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
11924 /* Really remove the section. */
11925 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
11926 --abfd
->section_count
;
11931 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
11932 uninitialized data. */
11933 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
11934 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
11935 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
11939 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11940 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
11941 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
11942 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
11946 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
11947 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
11948 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
11949 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
11950 case we must change the name of the output section. */
11951 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
11952 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
11954 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
11955 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
11957 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
11958 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
11959 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
11962 /* Set up the first entry. */
11964 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
11965 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
11968 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
11969 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
11971 /* Combine the input sections. */
11972 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11974 asection
*input_section
;
11976 bfd_size_type size
;
11977 unsigned long last
;
11978 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
11980 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11982 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
11987 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11988 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
11990 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
11991 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
11992 sorted by ascending -G value. */
11993 size
= input_section
->size
;
11995 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
11997 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
11999 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
12000 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
12006 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
12007 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
12008 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
12014 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
12016 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
12017 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
12020 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
12022 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
12023 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
12025 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
12031 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
12034 /* We need a new table entry. */
12035 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
12036 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
12037 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
12043 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
12044 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
12046 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
12047 value, since that will be implied by this new
12050 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
12052 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
12054 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
12055 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
12059 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
12060 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
12065 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
12068 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
12069 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
12070 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
12073 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
12075 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
12077 /* Swap out the table. */
12078 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
12079 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12080 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
12086 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
12087 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
12090 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
12091 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
12093 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
12094 matters, but someday it might). */
12095 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
12099 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
12100 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
12103 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
12105 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
12107 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
12109 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
12110 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
12114 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
12116 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
12117 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
12119 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
12122 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
12125 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
12127 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
12128 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
12129 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
12133 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
12135 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
12136 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
12137 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
12141 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
12143 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
12144 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
12146 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
12147 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
12148 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
12156 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
12158 struct mips_mach_extension
{
12159 unsigned long extension
, base
;
12163 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
12164 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
12166 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
12167 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
12168 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
12170 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
12171 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
12172 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
12173 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
12175 /* MIPS V extensions. */
12176 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
12178 /* R10000 extensions. */
12179 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
12180 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
12181 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
12183 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
12184 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
12185 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
12186 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
12187 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
12188 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
12189 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
12191 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
12192 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
12193 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
12194 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
12195 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
12196 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
12198 /* VR4100 extensions. */
12199 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
12200 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
12202 /* MIPS III extensions. */
12203 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
12204 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
12205 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
12206 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
12207 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
12208 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
12209 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
12210 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
12211 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
12213 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
12214 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
12216 /* MIPS II extensions. */
12217 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
12218 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
12220 /* MIPS I extensions. */
12221 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
12222 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
12226 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
12229 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
12233 if (extension
== base
)
12236 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
12237 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
12240 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
12241 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
12244 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
12245 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
12247 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
12248 if (extension
== base
)
12256 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
12259 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
12261 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
12262 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
12263 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
12264 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
12265 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
12266 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
12267 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
12271 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
12272 there are conflicting attributes. */
12274 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
12276 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
12277 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
12279 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
12281 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
12282 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
12284 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
12286 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
12291 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
12292 non-conflicting ones. */
12293 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
12294 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
12295 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
12297 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
12298 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== 0)
12299 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
12300 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== 0)
12302 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
> 4)
12304 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), ibfd
,
12305 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
12306 else if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
> 4)
12308 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), obfd
,
12309 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
12311 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
12314 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
12318 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mdouble-float"),
12324 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
12330 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
12340 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
12344 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mdouble-float"),
12350 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
12356 (_("Warning: %B uses -mdouble-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
12366 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
12372 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
12382 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
12386 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
12392 (_("Warning: %B uses -mdouble-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
12398 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
12412 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
12413 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
12418 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
12419 object file when linking. */
12422 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
12424 flagword old_flags
;
12425 flagword new_flags
;
12427 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
12430 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
12431 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
12433 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
12434 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
12439 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
12442 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
12444 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
12445 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
12450 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
))
12453 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
12454 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
12455 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
12457 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
12459 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
12460 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
12461 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
12462 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
12464 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
12465 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
12466 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
12467 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
12469 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
12470 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
12477 /* Check flag compatibility. */
12479 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
12480 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
12482 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
12483 doesn't seem to matter. */
12484 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
12485 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
12487 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
12488 just be able to ignore this. */
12489 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
12490 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
12492 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
12493 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
12494 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
12496 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
12499 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
12500 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
12501 actually cause any incompatibility. */
12502 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
12504 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
12505 which are automatically generated by gas. */
12506 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
12507 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
12509 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
12510 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
12511 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
12513 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
12517 if (null_input_bfd
)
12522 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
12523 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
12525 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
12526 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
12531 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
12532 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
12533 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
12534 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
12536 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
12537 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
12539 /* Compare the ISAs. */
12540 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
12542 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
12543 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
12547 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
12549 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
12550 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
12552 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
12553 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
12554 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
12555 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
12556 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
12557 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
12558 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
12560 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
12561 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
12562 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
12563 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
12564 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
12565 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
12569 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
12570 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
12571 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
12573 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
12574 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
12579 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
12580 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
12582 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
12583 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
12584 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
12585 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
12586 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
12588 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
12589 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
12590 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
12591 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
12593 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
12594 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
12596 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
12597 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
12600 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
12601 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
12604 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
12605 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
12607 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
12609 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
12610 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
12613 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
12614 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
12616 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
12617 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
12618 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
12619 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
12625 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12632 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
12635 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
12637 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
12638 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
12640 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
12641 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
12646 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
12650 default: return "";
12651 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
12652 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
12653 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
12654 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
12655 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
12656 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
12657 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
12658 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
12659 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
12660 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
12661 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
12662 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
12664 return "MIPS_MSYM";
12665 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
12666 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
12667 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
12668 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
12669 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
12670 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
12671 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
12672 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
12673 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
12674 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
12675 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
12676 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
12677 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
12678 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
12679 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
12680 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
12681 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
12682 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
12683 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
12684 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
12685 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
12686 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
12687 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
12688 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
12689 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
12690 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
12691 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
12692 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
12693 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
12694 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
12695 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
12696 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
12697 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
12698 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
12699 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
12700 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
12701 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
12702 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
12703 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
12704 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
12705 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
12706 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
12707 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
12708 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
12709 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
12710 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
12711 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
12712 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
12713 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
12714 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
12715 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
12716 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
12717 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
12718 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
12719 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
12720 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
12721 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
12722 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
12723 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
12724 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
12725 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
12726 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
12727 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
12728 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
12729 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
12730 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
12731 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
12732 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
12733 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
12734 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
12735 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
12736 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
12737 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
12738 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
12739 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
12740 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
12745 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
12749 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
12751 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
12752 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
12754 /* xgettext:c-format */
12755 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
12757 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
12758 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
12759 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
12760 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
12761 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
12762 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
12763 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
12764 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
12765 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
12766 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
12767 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
12768 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
12769 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
12770 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
12772 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
12774 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
12775 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
12776 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
12777 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
12778 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
12779 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
12780 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
12781 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
12782 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
12783 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
12784 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
12785 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
12786 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
12787 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
12788 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
12789 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
12790 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
12791 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
12793 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
12795 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
12796 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
12798 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
12799 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
12801 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
12802 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
12804 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
12806 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
12807 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
12809 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
12810 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
12812 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
12813 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
12815 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
12816 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
12818 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
12819 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
12821 fputc ('\n', file
);
12826 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
12828 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
12829 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
12830 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
12831 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
12832 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
12833 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
12834 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
12837 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
12838 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
12839 definiton of the symbol. */
12841 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12842 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
12843 bfd_boolean definition
,
12844 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12846 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
12848 unsigned char other
;
12850 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
12851 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
12852 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
12856 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
12857 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
12860 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
12861 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
12863 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
12865 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
12869 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12871 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
12872 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
12873 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
12876 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
12877 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
12880 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
12881 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12884 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
12885 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
12889 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
12891 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12892 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
12894 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
12897 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
12898 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
12899 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 1;